diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'contrib/perl5/Porting')
| -rw-r--r-- | contrib/perl5/Porting/Contract | 108 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | contrib/perl5/Porting/Glossary | 3798 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | contrib/perl5/Porting/config.sh | 839 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | contrib/perl5/Porting/config_H | 3223 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | contrib/perl5/Porting/findvars | 374 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | contrib/perl5/Porting/fixCORE | 68 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | contrib/perl5/Porting/fixvars | 69 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | contrib/perl5/Porting/genlog | 141 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | contrib/perl5/Porting/makerel | 161 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | contrib/perl5/Porting/p4d2p | 84 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | contrib/perl5/Porting/p4desc | 147 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | contrib/perl5/Porting/patching.pod | 391 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | contrib/perl5/Porting/patchls | 574 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | contrib/perl5/Porting/pumpkin.pod | 1385 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | contrib/perl5/Porting/repository.pod | 327 |
15 files changed, 0 insertions, 11689 deletions
diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/Contract b/contrib/perl5/Porting/Contract deleted file mode 100644 index 2b619fd..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/Contract +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ - - Contributed Modules in Perl Core - A Social Contract about Artistic Control - -What follows is a statement about artistic control, defined as the ability -of authors of packages to guide the future of their code and maintain -control over their work. It is a recognition that authors should have -control over their work, and that it is a responsibility of the rest of -the Perl community to ensure that they retain this control. It is an -attempt to document the standards to which we, as Perl developers, intend -to hold ourselves. It is an attempt to write down rough guidelines about -the respect we owe each other as Perl developers. - -This statement is not a legal contract. This statement is not a legal -document in any way, shape, or form. Perl is distributed under the GNU -Public License and under the Artistic License; those are the precise legal -terms. This statement isn't about the law or licenses. It's about -community, mutual respect, trust, and good-faith cooperation. - -We recognize that the Perl core, defined as the software distributed with -the heart of Perl itself, is a joint project on the part of all of us. -From time to time, a script, module, or set of modules (hereafter referred -to simply as a "module") will prove so widely useful and/or so integral to -the correct functioning of Perl itself that it should be distributed with -Perl core. This should never be done without the author's explicit -consent, and a clear recognition on all parts that this means the module -is being distributed under the same terms as Perl itself. A module author -should realize that inclusion of a module into the Perl core will -necessarily mean some loss of control over it, since changes may -occasionally have to be made on short notice or for consistency with the -rest of Perl. - -Once a module has been included in the Perl core, however, everyone -involved in maintaining Perl should be aware that the module is still the -property of the original author unless the original author explicitly -gives up their ownership of it. In particular: - - 1) The version of the module in the core should still be considered the - work of the original author. All patches, bug reports, and so forth - should be fed back to them. Their development directions should be - respected whenever possible. - - 2) Patches may be applied by the pumpkin holder without the explicit - cooperation of the module author if and only if they are very minor, - time-critical in some fashion (such as urgent security fixes), or if - the module author cannot be reached. Those patches must still be - given back to the author when possible, and if the author decides on - an alternate fix in their version, that fix should be strongly - preferred unless there is a serious problem with it. Any changes not - endorsed by the author should be marked as such, and the contributor - of the change acknowledged. - - 3) The version of the module distributed with Perl should, whenever - possible, be the latest version of the module as distributed by the - author (the latest non-beta version in the case of public Perl - releases), although the pumpkin holder may hold off on upgrading the - version of the module distributed with Perl to the latest version - until the latest version has had sufficient testing. - -In other words, the author of a module should be considered to have final -say on modifications to their module whenever possible (bearing in mind -that it's expected that everyone involved will work together and arrive at -reasonable compromises when there are disagreements). - -As a last resort, however: - - 4) If the author's vision of the future of their module is sufficiently - different from the vision of the pumpkin holder and perl5-porters as a - whole so as to cause serious problems for Perl, the pumpkin holder may - choose to formally fork the version of the module in the core from the - one maintained by the author. This should not be done lightly and - should *always* if at all possible be done only after direct input - from Larry. If this is done, it must then be made explicit in the - module as distributed with Perl core that it is a forked version and - that while it is based on the original author's work, it is no longer - maintained by them. This must be noted in both the documentation and - in the comments in the source of the module. - -Again, this should be a last resort only. Ideally, this should never -happen, and every possible effort at cooperation and compromise should be -made before doing this. If it does prove necessary to fork a module for -the overall health of Perl, proper credit must be given to the original -author in perpetuity and the decision should be constantly re-evaluated to -see if a remerging of the two branches is possible down the road. - -In all dealings with contributed modules, everyone maintaining Perl should -keep in mind that the code belongs to the original author, that they may -not be on perl5-porters at any given time, and that a patch is not -official unless it has been integrated into the author's copy of the -module. To aid with this, and with points #1, #2, and #3 above, contact -information for the authors of all contributed modules should be kept with -the Perl distribution. - -Finally, the Perl community as a whole recognizes that respect for -ownership of code, respect for artistic control, proper credit, and active -effort to prevent unintentional code skew or communication gaps is vital -to the health of the community and Perl itself. Members of a community -should not normally have to resort to rules and laws to deal with each -other, and this document, although it contains rules so as to be clear, is -about an attitude and general approach. The first step in any dispute -should be open communication, respect for opposing views, and an attempt -at a compromise. In nearly every circumstance nothing more will be -necessary, and certainly no more drastic measure should be used until -every avenue of communication and discussion has failed. - --- -Version 1.2. By Russ Allbery (rra@stanford.edu) and the perl5-porters. - diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/Glossary b/contrib/perl5/Porting/Glossary deleted file mode 100644 index d32c0a6..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/Glossary +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3798 +0,0 @@ -This file contains a description of all the shell variables whose value is -determined by the Configure script. Variables intended for use in C -programs (e.g. I_UNISTD) are already described in config_h.SH. [`configpm' -generates pod documentation for Config.pm from this file--please try to keep -the formatting regular.] - -_a (Unix.U): - This variable defines the extension used for ordinary libraries. - For unix, it is '.a'. The '.' is included. Other possible - values include '.lib'. - -_exe (Unix.U): - This variable defines the extension used for executable files. - For unix it is empty. Other possible values include '.exe'. - -_o (Unix.U): - This variable defines the extension used for object files. - For unix, it is '.o'. The '.' is included. Other possible - values include '.obj'. - -afs (afs.U): - This variable is set to 'true' if AFS (Andrew File System) is used - on the system, 'false' otherwise. It is possible to override this - with a hint value or command line option, but you'd better know - what you are doing. - -alignbytes (alignbytes.U): - This variable holds the number of bytes required to align a - double-- or a long double when applicable. Usual values are - 2, 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. - -ansi2knr (ansi2knr.U): - This variable is set if the user needs to run ansi2knr. - Currently, this is not supported, so we just abort. - -aphostname (d_gethname.U): - This variable contains the command which can be used to compute the - host name. The command is fully qualified by its absolute path, to make - it safe when used by a process with super-user privileges. - -api_revision (patchlevel.U): - The three variables, api_revision, api_version, and - api_subversion, specify the version of the oldest perl binary - compatible with the present perl. In a full version string - such as '5.6.1', api_revision is the '5'. - Prior to 5.5.640, the format was a floating point number, - like 5.00563. - perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically search in - $sitelib/.. for older directories back to the limit specified - by these api_ variables. This is only useful if you have a - perl library directory tree structured like the default one. - See INSTALL for how this works. The versioned site_perl - directory was introduced in 5.005, so that is the lowest - possible value. The version list appropriate for the current - system is determined in inc_version_list.U. - XXX To do: Since compatibility can depend on compile time - options (such as bincompat, longlong, etc.) it should - (perhaps) be set by Configure, but currently it isn't. - Currently, we read a hard-wired value from patchlevel.h. - Perhaps what we ought to do is take the hard-wired value from - patchlevel.h but then modify it if the current Configure - options warrant. patchlevel.h then would use an #ifdef guard. - -api_subversion (patchlevel.U): - The three variables, api_revision, api_version, and - api_subversion, specify the version of the oldest perl binary - compatible with the present perl. In a full version string - such as '5.6.1', api_subversion is the '1'. See api_revision for - full details. - -api_version (patchlevel.U): - The three variables, api_revision, api_version, and - api_subversion, specify the version of the oldest perl binary - compatible with the present perl. In a full version string - such as '5.6.1', api_version is the '6'. See api_revision for - full details. As a special case, 5.5.0 is rendered in the - old-style as 5.005. (In the 5.005_0x maintenance series, - this was the only versioned directory in $sitelib.) - -api_versionstring (patchlevel.U): - This variable combines api_revision, api_version, and - api_subversion in a format such as 5.6.1 (or 5_6_1) suitable - for use as a directory name. This is filesystem dependent. - -ar (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the ar program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "ar" and is not useful. - -archlib (archlib.U): - This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants - to put architecture-dependent public library files for $package. - It is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/lib. - Programs using this variable must be prepared to deal - with filename expansion. - -archlibexp (archlib.U): - This variable is the same as the archlib variable, but is - filename expanded at configuration time, for convenient use. - -archname64 (use64bits.U): - This variable is used for the 64-bitness part of $archname. - -archname (archname.U): - This variable is a short name to characterize the current - architecture. It is used mainly to construct the default archlib. - -archobjs (Unix.U): - This variable defines any additional objects that must be linked - in with the program on this architecture. On unix, it is usually - empty. It is typically used to include emulations of unix calls - or other facilities. For perl on OS/2, for example, this would - include os2/os2.obj. - -awk (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the awk program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "awk" and is not useful. - -baserev (baserev.U): - The base revision level of this package, from the .package file. - -bash (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -bin (bin.U): - This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants - to put publicly executable images for the package in question. It - is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/bin. Programs using - this variable must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - -bincompat5005 (bincompat5005.U): - This variable contains y if this version of Perl should be - binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. - -binexp (bin.U): - This is the same as the bin variable, but is filename expanded at - configuration time, for use in your makefiles. - -bison (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -byacc (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the byacc program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "byacc" and is not useful. - -byteorder (byteorder.U): - This variable holds the byte order. In the following, larger digits - indicate more significance. The variable byteorder is either 4321 - on a big-endian machine, or 1234 on a little-endian, or 87654321 - on a Cray ... or 3412 with weird order ! - -c (n.U): - This variable contains the \c string if that is what causes the echo - command to suppress newline. Otherwise it is null. Correct usage is - $echo $n "prompt for a question: $c". - -castflags (d_castneg.U): - This variable contains a flag that precise difficulties the - compiler has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - 0 = ok - 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list - -cat (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the cat program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "cat" and is not useful. - -cc (cc.U): - This variable holds the name of a command to execute a C compiler which - can resolve multiple global references that happen to have the same - name. Usual values are 'cc' and 'gcc'. - Fervent ANSI compilers may be called 'c89'. AIX has xlc. - -cccdlflags (dlsrc.U): - This variable contains any special flags that might need to be - passed with 'cc -c' to compile modules to be used to create a shared - library that will be used for dynamic loading. For hpux, this - should be +z. It is up to the makefile to use it. - -ccdlflags (dlsrc.U): - This variable contains any special flags that might need to be - passed to cc to link with a shared library for dynamic loading. - It is up to the makefile to use it. For sunos 4.1, it should - be empty. - -ccflags (ccflags.U): - This variable contains any additional C compiler flags desired by - the user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. - -ccflags_uselargefiles (uselfs.U): - This variable contains the compiler flags needed by large file builds - and added to ccflags by hints files. - -ccname (Checkcc.U): - This can set either by hints files or by Configure. If using - gcc, this is gcc, and if not, usually equal to cc, unimpressive, no? - Some platforms, however, make good use of this by storing the - flavor of the C compiler being used here. For example if using - the Sun WorkShop suite, ccname will be 'workshop'. - -ccsymbols (Cppsym.U): - The variable contains the symbols defined by the C compiler alone. - The symbols defined by cpp or by cc when it calls cpp are not in - this list, see cppsymbols and cppccsymbols. - The list is a space-separated list of symbol=value tokens. - -ccversion (Checkcc.U): - This can set either by hints files or by Configure. If using - a (non-gcc) vendor cc, this variable may contain a version for - the compiler. - -cf_by (cf_who.U): - Login name of the person who ran the Configure script and answered the - questions. This is used to tag both config.sh and config_h.SH. - -cf_email (cf_email.U): - Electronic mail address of the person who ran Configure. This can be - used by units that require the user's e-mail, like MailList.U. - -cf_time (cf_who.U): - Holds the output of the "date" command when the configuration file was - produced. This is used to tag both config.sh and config_h.SH. - -charsize (charsize.U): - This variable contains the value of the CHARSIZE symbol, which - indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a character. - -chgrp (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -chmod (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -chown (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -clocktype (d_times.U): - This variable holds the type returned by times(). It can be long, - or clock_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be - included). - -comm (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the comm program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "comm" and is not useful. - -compress (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -CONFIGDOTSH (Oldsyms.U): - This is set to 'true' in config.sh so that a shell script - sourcing config.sh can tell if it has been sourced already. - -contains (contains.U): - This variable holds the command to do a grep with a proper return - status. On most sane systems it is simply "grep". On insane systems - it is a grep followed by a cat followed by a test. This variable - is primarily for the use of other Configure units. - -cp (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the cp program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "cp" and is not useful. - -cpio (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -cpp (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the cpp program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "cpp" and is not useful. - -cpp_stuff (cpp_stuff.U): - This variable contains an identification of the catenation mechanism - used by the C preprocessor. - -cppccsymbols (Cppsym.U): - The variable contains the symbols defined by the C compiler - when it calls cpp. The symbols defined by the cc alone or cpp - alone are not in this list, see ccsymbols and cppsymbols. - The list is a space-separated list of symbol=value tokens. - -cppflags (ccflags.U): - This variable holds the flags that will be passed to the C pre- - processor. It is up to the Makefile to use it. - -cpplast (cppstdin.U): - This variable has the same functionality as cppminus, only it applies - to cpprun and not cppstdin. - -cppminus (cppstdin.U): - This variable contains the second part of the string which will invoke - the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - output. This variable will have the value "-" if cppstdin needs - a minus to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - -cpprun (cppstdin.U): - This variable contains the command which will invoke a C preprocessor - on standard input and put the output to stdout. It is guaranteed not - to be a wrapper and may be a null string if no preprocessor can be - made directly available. This preprocessor might be different from the - one used by the C compiler. Don't forget to append cpplast after the - preprocessor options. - -cppstdin (cppstdin.U): - This variable contains the command which will invoke the C - preprocessor on standard input and put the output to stdout. - It is primarily used by other Configure units that ask about - preprocessor symbols. - -cppsymbols (Cppsym.U): - The variable contains the symbols defined by the C preprocessor - alone. The symbols defined by cc or by cc when it calls cpp are - not in this list, see ccsymbols and cppccsymbols. - The list is a space-separated list of symbol=value tokens. - -crosscompile (crosscompile.U): - This variable conditionally defines the CROSSCOMPILE symbol - which signifies that the build process is be a cross-compilation. - This is normally set by hints files or from Configure command line. - -cryptlib (d_crypt.U): - This variable holds -lcrypt or the path to a libcrypt.a archive if - the crypt() function is not defined in the standard C library. It is - up to the Makefile to use this. - -csh (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the csh program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "csh" and is not useful. - -d__fwalk (d__fwalk.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS__FWALK if _fwalk() is - available to apply a function to all the file handles. - -d_access (d_access.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_ACCESS if the access() system - call is available to check for access permissions using real IDs. - -d_accessx (d_accessx.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ACCESSX symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the accessx() routine is available. - -d_alarm (d_alarm.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ALARM symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the alarm() routine is available. - -d_archlib (archlib.U): - This variable conditionally defines ARCHLIB to hold the pathname - of architecture-dependent library files for $package. If - $archlib is the same as $privlib, then this is set to undef. - -d_atolf (atolf.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ATOLF symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the atolf() routine is available. - -d_atoll (atoll.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ATOLL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the atoll() routine is available. - -d_attribut (d_attribut.U): - This variable conditionally defines HASATTRIBUTE, which - indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, - such as printf formats. - -d_bcmp (d_bcmp.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_BCMP symbol if - the bcmp() routine is available to compare strings. - -d_bcopy (d_bcopy.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_BCOPY symbol if - the bcopy() routine is available to copy strings. - -d_bincompat5005 (bincompat5005.U): - This variable conditionally defines BINCOMPAT5005 so that embed.h - can take special action if this version of Perl should be - binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds - that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef - for those versions. - -d_bsd (Guess.U): - This symbol conditionally defines the symbol BSD when running on a - BSD system. - -d_bsdgetpgrp (d_getpgrp.U): - This variable conditionally defines USE_BSD_GETPGRP if - getpgrp needs one arguments whereas USG one needs none. - -d_bsdsetpgrp (d_setpgrp.U): - This variable conditionally defines USE_BSD_SETPGRP if - setpgrp needs two arguments whereas USG one needs none. - See also d_setpgid for a POSIX interface. - -d_bzero (d_bzero.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_BZERO symbol if - the bzero() routine is available to set memory to 0. - -d_casti32 (d_casti32.U): - This variable conditionally defines CASTI32, which indicates - whether the C compiler can cast large floats to 32-bit ints. - -d_castneg (d_castneg.U): - This variable conditionally defines CASTNEG, which indicates - wether the C compiler can cast negative float to unsigned. - -d_charvspr (d_vprintf.U): - This variable conditionally defines CHARVSPRINTF if this system - has vsprintf returning type (char*). The trend seems to be to - declare it as "int vsprintf()". - -d_chown (d_chown.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CHOWN symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the chown() routine is available. - -d_chroot (d_chroot.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CHROOT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the chroot() routine is available. - -d_chsize (d_chsize.U): - This variable conditionally defines the CHSIZE symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the chsize() routine is available - to truncate files. You might need a -lx to get this routine. - -d_closedir (d_closedir.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_CLOSEDIR if closedir() is - available. - -d_const (d_const.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HASCONST symbol, which - indicates to the C program that this C compiler knows about the - const type. - -d_crypt (d_crypt.U): - This variable conditionally defines the CRYPT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the crypt() routine is available - to encrypt passwords and the like. - -d_csh (d_csh.U): - This variable conditionally defines the CSH symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the C-shell exists. - -d_cuserid (d_cuserid.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_CUSERID symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the cuserid() routine is available - to get character login names. - -d_dbl_dig (d_dbl_dig.U): - This variable conditionally defines d_dbl_dig if this system's - header files provide DBL_DIG, which is the number of significant - digits in a double precision number. - -d_difftime (d_difftime.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DIFFTIME symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the difftime() routine is available. - -d_dirnamlen (i_dirent.U): - This variable conditionally defines DIRNAMLEN, which indicates - to the C program that the length of directory entry names is - provided by a d_namelen field. - -d_dlerror (d_dlerror.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DLERROR symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the dlerror() routine is available. - -d_dlopen (d_dlopen.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DLOPEN symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the dlopen() routine is available. - -d_dlsymun (d_dlsymun.U): - This variable conditionally defines DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE, which - indicates that we need to prepend an underscore to the symbol - name before calling dlsym(). - -d_dosuid (d_dosuid.U): - This variable conditionally defines the symbol DOSUID, which - tells the C program that it should insert setuid emulation code - on hosts which have setuid #! scripts disabled. - -d_drand48proto (d_drand48proto.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_DRAND48_PROTO symbol, - which indicates to the C program that the system provides - a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is - up to the program to supply one. - -d_dup2 (d_dup2.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_DUP2 if dup2() is - available to duplicate file descriptors. - -d_eaccess (d_eaccess.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_EACCESS symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the eaccess() routine is available. - -d_endgrent (d_endgrent.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDGRENT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the endgrent() routine is available - for sequential access of the group database. - -d_endhent (d_endhent.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDHOSTENT if endhostent() is - available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - -d_endnent (d_endnent.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDNETENT if endnetent() is - available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - -d_endpent (d_endpent.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDPROTOENT if endprotoent() is - available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - -d_endpwent (d_endpwent.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ENDPWENT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the endpwent() routine is available - for sequential access of the passwd database. - -d_endsent (d_endsent.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_ENDSERVENT if endservent() is - available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - -d_eofnblk (nblock_io.U): - This variable conditionally defines EOF_NONBLOCK if EOF can be seen - when reading from a non-blocking I/O source. - -d_eunice (Guess.U): - This variable conditionally defines the symbols EUNICE and VAX, which - alerts the C program that it must deal with ideosyncracies of VMS. - -d_fchmod (d_fchmod.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHMOD symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the fchmod() routine is available - to change mode of opened files. - -d_fchown (d_fchown.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCHOWN symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the fchown() routine is available - to change ownership of opened files. - -d_fcntl (d_fcntl.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FCNTL symbol, and indicates - whether the fcntl() function exists - -d_fcntl_can_lock (d_fcntl_can_lock.U): - This variable conditionally defines the FCNTL_CAN_LOCK symbol - and indicates whether file locking with fcntl() works. - -d_fd_macros (d_fd_set.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the HAS_FD_MACROS symbol, - which indicates if your C compiler knows about the macros which - manipulate an fd_set. - -d_fd_set (d_fd_set.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the HAS_FD_SET symbol, - which indicates if your C compiler knows about the fd_set typedef. - -d_fds_bits (d_fd_set.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the HAS_FDS_BITS symbol, - which indicates if your fd_set typedef contains the fds_bits member. - If you have an fd_set typedef, but the dweebs who installed it did - a half-fast job and neglected to provide the macros to manipulate - an fd_set, HAS_FDS_BITS will let us know how to fix the gaffe. - -d_fgetpos (d_fgetpos.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_FGETPOS if fgetpos() is - available to get the file position indicator. - -d_flexfnam (d_flexfnam.U): - This variable conditionally defines the FLEXFILENAMES symbol, which - indicates that the system supports filenames longer than 14 characters. - -d_flock (d_flock.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_FLOCK if flock() is - available to do file locking. - -d_fork (d_fork.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FORK symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the fork() routine is available. - -d_fpathconf (d_pathconf.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FPATHCONF symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the pathconf() routine is available - to determine file-system related limits and options associated - with a given open file descriptor. - -d_fpos64_t (d_fpos64_t.U): - This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. - -d_frexpl (d_frexpl.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FREXPL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the frexpl() routine is available. - -d_fs_data_s (d_fs_data_s.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA symbol, - which indicates that the struct fs_data is supported. - -d_fseeko (d_fseeko.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSEEKO symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the fseeko() routine is available. - -d_fsetpos (d_fsetpos.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_FSETPOS if fsetpos() is - available to set the file position indicator. - -d_fstatfs (d_fstatfs.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSTATFS symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the fstatfs() routine is available. - -d_fstatvfs (d_statvfs.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSTATVFS symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the fstatvfs() routine is available. - -d_fsync (d_fsync.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FSYNC symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the fsync() routine is available. - -d_ftello (d_ftello.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FTELLO symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the ftello() routine is available. - -d_ftime (d_ftime.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_FTIME symbol, which indicates - that the ftime() routine exists. The ftime() routine is basically - a sub-second accuracy clock. - -d_Gconvert (d_gconvert.U): - This variable holds what Gconvert is defined as to convert - floating point numbers into strings. It could be 'gconvert' - or a more complex macro emulating gconvert with gcvt() or sprintf. - Possible values are: - d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - -d_getcwd (d_getcwd.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETCWD symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getcwd() routine is available - to get the current working directory. - -d_getespwnam (d_getespwnam.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETESPWNAM if getespwnam() is - available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. - -d_getfsstat (d_getfsstat.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETFSSTAT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getfsstat() routine is available. - -d_getgrent (d_getgrent.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGRENT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getgrent() routine is available - for sequential access of the group database. - -d_getgrps (d_getgrps.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETGROUPS symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getgroups() routine is available - to get the list of process groups. - -d_gethbyaddr (d_gethbyad.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the gethostbyaddr() routine is available - to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - -d_gethbyname (d_gethbynm.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the gethostbyname() routine is available - to look up host names in some data base or other. - -d_gethent (d_gethent.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETHOSTENT if gethostent() is - available to look up host names in some data base or another. - -d_gethname (d_gethname.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOSTNAME symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the gethostname() routine may be - used to derive the host name. - -d_gethostprotos (d_gethostprotos.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS symbol, - which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies - prototypes for the various gethost*() functions. - See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. - -d_getlogin (d_getlogin.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETLOGIN symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getlogin() routine is available - to get the login name. - -d_getmnt (d_getmnt.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETMNT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getmnt() routine is available - to retrieve one or more mount info blocks by filename. - -d_getmntent (d_getmntent.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETMNTENT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getmntent() routine is available - to iterate through mounted files to get their mount info. - -d_getnbyaddr (d_getnbyad.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYADDR symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getnetbyaddr() routine is available - to look up networks by their IP addresses. - -d_getnbyname (d_getnbynm.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNETBYNAME symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getnetbyname() routine is available - to look up networks by their names. - -d_getnent (d_getnent.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETNETENT if getnetent() is - available to look up network names in some data base or another. - -d_getnetprotos (d_getnetprotos.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETNET_PROTOS symbol, - which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies - prototypes for the various getnet*() functions. - See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. - -d_getpagsz (d_getpagsz.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPAGESIZE if getpagesize() - is available to get the system page size. - -d_getpbyname (d_getprotby.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME - symbol, which indicates to the C program that the - getprotobyname() routine is available to look up protocols - by their name. - -d_getpbynumber (d_getprotby.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER - symbol, which indicates to the C program that the - getprotobynumber() routine is available to look up protocols - by their number. - -d_getpent (d_getpent.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPROTOENT if getprotoent() is - available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - -d_getpgid (d_getpgid.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPGID symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getpgid(pid) function - is available to get the process group id. - -d_getpgrp2 (d_getpgrp2.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPGRP2 symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) routine - is available to get the current process group. - -d_getpgrp (d_getpgrp.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPGRP if getpgrp() is - available to get the current process group. - -d_getppid (d_getppid.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPPID symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getppid() routine is available - to get the parent process ID. - -d_getprior (d_getprior.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPRIORITY if getpriority() - is available to get a process's priority. - -d_getprotoprotos (d_getprotoprotos.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS symbol, - which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies - prototypes for the various getproto*() functions. - See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. - -d_getprpwnam (d_getprpwnam.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETPRPWNAM if getprpwnam() is - available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. - -d_getpwent (d_getpwent.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETPWENT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the getpwent() routine is available - for sequential access of the passwd database. - -d_getsbyname (d_getsrvby.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYNAME - symbol, which indicates to the C program that the - getservbyname() routine is available to look up services - by their name. - -d_getsbyport (d_getsrvby.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERVBYPORT - symbol, which indicates to the C program that the - getservbyport() routine is available to look up services - by their port. - -d_getsent (d_getsent.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETSERVENT if getservent() is - available to look up network services in some data base or another. - -d_getservprotos (d_getservprotos.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS symbol, - which indicates to the C program that <netdb.h> supplies - prototypes for the various getserv*() functions. - See also netdbtype.U for probing for various netdb types. - -d_getspnam (d_getspnam.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_GETSPNAM if getspnam() is - available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. - -d_gettimeod (d_ftime.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY symbol, which - indicates that the gettimeofday() system call exists (to obtain a - sub-second accuracy clock). You should probably include <sys/resource.h>. - -d_gnulibc (d_gnulibc.U): - Defined if we're dealing with the GNU C Library. - -d_grpasswd (i_grp.U): - This variable conditionally defines GRPASSWD, which indicates - that struct group in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd. - -d_hasmntopt (d_hasmntopt.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_HASMNTOPT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the hasmntopt() routine is available - to query the mount options of file systems. - -d_htonl (d_htonl.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_HTONL if htonl() and its - friends are available to do network order byte swapping. - -d_iconv (d_iconv.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ICONV symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the iconv() routine is available. - -d_index (d_strchr.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_INDEX if index() and - rindex() are available for string searching. - -d_inetaton (d_inetaton.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_INET_ATON symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the inet_aton() function is available - to parse IP address "dotted-quad" strings. - -d_int64_t (d_int64_t.U): - This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - -d_isascii (d_isascii.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISASCII constant, - which indicates to the C program that isascii() is available. - -d_isnan (d_isnan.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISNAN symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the isnan() routine is available. - -d_isnanl (d_isnanl.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_ISNANL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the isnanl() routine is available. - -d_killpg (d_killpg.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_KILLPG symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the killpg() routine is available - to kill process groups. - -d_lchown (d_lchown.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LCHOWN symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the lchown() routine is available - to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the link). - -d_ldbl_dig (d_ldbl_dig.U): - This variable conditionally defines d_ldbl_dig if this system's - header files provide LDBL_DIG, which is the number of significant - digits in a long double precision number. - -d_link (d_link.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_LINK if link() is - available to create hard links. - -d_locconv (d_locconv.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_LOCALECONV if localeconv() is - available for numeric and monetary formatting conventions. - -d_lockf (d_lockf.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_LOCKF if lockf() is - available to do file locking. - -d_longdbl (d_longdbl.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_LONG_DOUBLE if - the long double type is supported. - -d_longlong (d_longlong.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_LONG_LONG if - the long long type is supported. - -d_lseekproto (d_lseekproto.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_LSEEK_PROTO symbol, - which indicates to the C program that the system provides - a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is - up to the program to supply one. - -d_lstat (d_lstat.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_LSTAT if lstat() is - available to do file stats on symbolic links. - -d_madvise (d_madvise.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_MADVISE if madvise() is - available to map a file into memory. - -d_mblen (d_mblen.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBLEN symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the mblen() routine is available - to find the number of bytes in a multibye character. - -d_mbstowcs (d_mbstowcs.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBSTOWCS symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the mbstowcs() routine is available - to convert a multibyte string into a wide character string. - -d_mbtowc (d_mbtowc.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MBTOWC symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the mbtowc() routine is available - to convert multibyte to a wide character. - -d_memchr (d_memchr.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMCHR symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the memchr() routine is available - to locate characters within a C string. - -d_memcmp (d_memcmp.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMCMP symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the memcmp() routine is available - to compare blocks of memory. - -d_memcpy (d_memcpy.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMCPY symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the memcpy() routine is available - to copy blocks of memory. - -d_memmove (d_memmove.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMMOVE symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the memmove() routine is available - to copy potentatially overlapping blocks of memory. - -d_memset (d_memset.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MEMSET symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the memset() routine is available - to set blocks of memory. - -d_mkdir (d_mkdir.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKDIR symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the mkdir() routine is available - to create directories.. - -d_mkdtemp (d_mkdtemp.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKDTEMP symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the mkdtemp() routine is available - to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. - -d_mkfifo (d_mkfifo.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKFIFO symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the mkfifo() routine is available. - -d_mkstemp (d_mkstemp.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKSTEMP symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the mkstemp() routine is available - to exclusively create and open a uniquely named temporary file. - -d_mkstemps (d_mkstemps.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKSTEMPS symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the mkstemps() routine is available - to exclusively create and open a uniquely named (with a suffix) - temporary file. - -d_mktime (d_mktime.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MKTIME symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the mktime() routine is available. - -d_mmap (d_mmap.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_MMAP if mmap() is - available to map a file into memory. - -d_modfl (d_modfl.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MODFL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the modfl() routine is available. - -d_mprotect (d_mprotect.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_MPROTECT if mprotect() is - available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - -d_msg (d_msg.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG symbol, which - indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is present. - -d_msg_ctrunc (d_socket.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_CTRUNC symbol, - which indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is available. #ifdef is - not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. - -d_msg_dontroute (d_socket.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE symbol, - which indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is available. #ifdef is - not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. - -d_msg_oob (d_socket.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_OOB symbol, - which indicates that the MSG_OOB is available. #ifdef is - not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. - -d_msg_peek (d_socket.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_PEEK symbol, - which indicates that the MSG_PEEK is available. #ifdef is - not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. - -d_msg_proxy (d_socket.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSG_PROXY symbol, - which indicates that the MSG_PROXY is available. #ifdef is - not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. - -d_msgctl (d_msgctl.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGCTL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the msgctl() routine is available. - -d_msgget (d_msgget.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGGET symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the msgget() routine is available. - -d_msgrcv (d_msgrcv.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGRCV symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the msgrcv() routine is available. - -d_msgsnd (d_msgsnd.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_MSGSND symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the msgsnd() routine is available. - -d_msync (d_msync.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_MSYNC if msync() is - available to synchronize a mapped file. - -d_munmap (d_munmap.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_MUNMAP if munmap() is - available to unmap a region mapped by mmap(). - -d_mymalloc (mallocsrc.U): - This variable conditionally defines MYMALLOC in case other parts - of the source want to take special action if MYMALLOC is used. - This may include different sorts of profiling or error detection. - -d_nice (d_nice.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_NICE symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the nice() routine is available. - -d_nv_preserves_uv (perlxv.U): - This variable indicates whether a variable of type nvtype - can preserve all the bits a variable of type uvtype. - -d_nv_preserves_uv_bits (perlxv.U): - This variable indicates how many of bits type uvtype - a variable nvtype can preserve. - -d_off64_t (d_off64_t.U): - This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - -d_old_pthread_create_joinable (d_pthrattrj.U): - This variable conditionally defines pthread_create_joinable. - undef if pthread.h defines PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE. - -d_oldpthreads (usethreads.U): - This variable conditionally defines the OLD_PTHREADS_API symbol, - and indicates that Perl should be built to use the old - draft POSIX threads API. This is only potentially meaningful if - usethreads is set. - -d_oldsock (d_socket.U): - This variable conditionally defines the OLDSOCKET symbol, which - indicates that the BSD socket interface is based on 4.1c and not 4.2. - -d_open3 (d_open3.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_OPEN3 manifest constant, - which indicates to the C program that the 3 argument version of - the open(2) function is available. - -d_pathconf (d_pathconf.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PATHCONF symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the pathconf() routine is available - to determine file-system related limits and options associated - with a given filename. - -d_pause (d_pause.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PAUSE symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the pause() routine is available - to suspend a process until a signal is received. - -d_perl_otherlibdirs (otherlibdirs.U): - This variable conditionally defines PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS, which - contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl binary to - include in @INC. See also otherlibdirs. - -d_phostname (d_gethname.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PHOSTNAME symbol, which - contains the shell command which, when fed to popen(), may be - used to derive the host name. - -d_pipe (d_pipe.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PIPE symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the pipe() routine is available - to create an inter-process channel. - -d_poll (d_poll.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_POLL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the poll() routine is available - to poll active file descriptors. - -d_portable (d_portable.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PORTABLE symbol, which - indicates to the C program that it should not assume that it is - running on the machine it was compiled on. - -d_PRId64 (quadfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRId64 symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit decimal numbers. - -d_PRIeldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. - -d_PRIEUldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. - The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIeldbl so that even - case-blind systems can see the difference. - -d_PRIfldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. - -d_PRIFUldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. - The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIfldbl so that even - case-blind systems can see the difference. - -d_PRIgldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. - -d_PRIGUldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to print long doubles. - The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIgldbl so that even - case-blind systems can see the difference. - -d_PRIi64 (quadfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIi64 symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit decimal numbers. - -d_PRIo64 (quadfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIo64 symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit octal numbers. - -d_PRIu64 (quadfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIu64 symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit unsigned decimal - numbers. - -d_PRIx64 (quadfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIx64 symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit hexadecimal numbers. - -d_PRIXU64 (quadfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIXU64 symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to print 64-bit hExADECimAl numbers. - The 'U' in the name is to separate this from d_PRIx64 so that even - case-blind systems can see the difference. - -d_pthread_yield (d_pthread_y.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD - symbol if the pthread_yield routine is available to yield - the execution of the current thread. - -d_pwage (i_pwd.U): - This variable conditionally defines PWAGE, which indicates - that struct passwd contains pw_age. - -d_pwchange (i_pwd.U): - This variable conditionally defines PWCHANGE, which indicates - that struct passwd contains pw_change. - -d_pwclass (i_pwd.U): - This variable conditionally defines PWCLASS, which indicates - that struct passwd contains pw_class. - -d_pwcomment (i_pwd.U): - This variable conditionally defines PWCOMMENT, which indicates - that struct passwd contains pw_comment. - -d_pwexpire (i_pwd.U): - This variable conditionally defines PWEXPIRE, which indicates - that struct passwd contains pw_expire. - -d_pwgecos (i_pwd.U): - This variable conditionally defines PWGECOS, which indicates - that struct passwd contains pw_gecos. - -d_pwpasswd (i_pwd.U): - This variable conditionally defines PWPASSWD, which indicates - that struct passwd contains pw_passwd. - -d_pwquota (i_pwd.U): - This variable conditionally defines PWQUOTA, which indicates - that struct passwd contains pw_quota. - -d_qgcvt (d_qgcvt.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_QGCVT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the qgcvt() routine is available. - -d_quad (quadtype.U): - This variable, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - quadtype. - -d_readdir (d_readdir.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_READDIR if readdir() is - available to read directory entries. - -d_readlink (d_readlink.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_READLINK symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the readlink() routine is available - to read the value of a symbolic link. - -d_rename (d_rename.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_RENAME symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the rename() routine is available - to rename files. - -d_rewinddir (d_readdir.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_REWINDDIR if rewinddir() is - available. - -d_rmdir (d_rmdir.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_RMDIR if rmdir() is - available to remove directories. - -d_safebcpy (d_safebcpy.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SAFE_BCOPY symbol if - the bcopy() routine can do overlapping copies. - -d_safemcpy (d_safemcpy.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY symbol if - the memcpy() routine can do overlapping copies. - -d_sanemcmp (d_sanemcmp.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SANE_MEMCMP symbol if - the memcpy() routine is available and can be used to compare relative - magnitudes of chars with their high bits set. - -d_sbrkproto (d_sbrkproto.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SBRK_PROTO symbol, - which indicates to the C program that the system provides - a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is - up to the program to supply one. - -d_sched_yield (d_pthread_y.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCHED_YIELD - symbol if the sched_yield routine is available to yield - the execution of the current thread. - -d_scm_rights (d_socket.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SCM_RIGHTS symbol, - which indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is available. #ifdef is - not enough because it may be an enum, glibc has been known to do this. - -d_SCNfldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the PERL_PRIfldbl symbol, which - indiciates that stdio has a symbol to scan long doubles. - -d_seekdir (d_readdir.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SEEKDIR if seekdir() is - available. - -d_select (d_select.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SELECT if select() is - available to select active file descriptors. A <sys/time.h> - inclusion may be necessary for the timeout field. - -d_sem (d_sem.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEM symbol, which - indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is present. - -d_semctl (d_semctl.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEMCTL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the semctl() routine is available. - -d_semctl_semid_ds (d_union_semun.U): - This variable conditionally defines USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS, which - indicates that struct semid_ds * is to be used for semctl IPC_STAT. - -d_semctl_semun (d_union_semun.U): - This variable conditionally defines USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN, which - indicates that union semun is to be used for semctl IPC_STAT. - -d_semget (d_semget.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEMGET symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the semget() routine is available. - -d_semop (d_semop.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SEMOP symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the semop() routine is available. - -d_setegid (d_setegid.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETEGID symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the setegid() routine is available - to change the effective gid of the current program. - -d_seteuid (d_seteuid.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETEUID symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the seteuid() routine is available - to change the effective uid of the current program. - -d_setgrent (d_setgrent.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETGRENT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the setgrent() routine is available - for initializing sequential access to the group database. - -d_setgrps (d_setgrps.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETGROUPS symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the setgroups() routine is available - to set the list of process groups. - -d_sethent (d_sethent.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETHOSTENT if sethostent() is - available. - -d_setlinebuf (d_setlnbuf.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETLINEBUF symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the setlinebuf() routine is available - to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered to a - line-buffered mode. - -d_setlocale (d_setlocale.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETLOCALE if setlocale() is - available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations. - -d_setnent (d_setnent.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETNETENT if setnetent() is - available. - -d_setpent (d_setpent.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETPROTOENT if setprotoent() is - available. - -d_setpgid (d_setpgid.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPGID symbol if the - setpgid(pid, gpid) function is available to set process group ID. - -d_setpgrp2 (d_setpgrp2.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPGRP2 symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) routine - is available to set the current process group. - -d_setpgrp (d_setpgrp.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETPGRP if setpgrp() is - available to set the current process group. - -d_setprior (d_setprior.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETPRIORITY if setpriority() - is available to set a process's priority. - -d_setproctitle (d_setproctitle.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPROCTITLE symbol, - which indicates to the C program that the setproctitle() routine - is available. - -d_setpwent (d_setpwent.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETPWENT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the setpwent() routine is available - for initializing sequential access to the passwd database. - -d_setregid (d_setregid.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETREGID if setregid() is - available to change the real and effective gid of the current - process. - -d_setresgid (d_setregid.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETRESGID if setresgid() is - available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current - process. - -d_setresuid (d_setreuid.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETREUID if setresuid() is - available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current - process. - -d_setreuid (d_setreuid.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETREUID if setreuid() is - available to change the real and effective uid of the current - process. - -d_setrgid (d_setrgid.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRGID symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the setrgid() routine is available - to change the real gid of the current program. - -d_setruid (d_setruid.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETRUID symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the setruid() routine is available - to change the real uid of the current program. - -d_setsent (d_setsent.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETSERVENT if setservent() is - available. - -d_setsid (d_setsid.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SETSID if setsid() is - available to set the process group ID. - -d_setvbuf (d_setvbuf.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SETVBUF symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the setvbuf() routine is available - to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - -d_sfio (d_sfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the USE_SFIO symbol, - and indicates whether sfio is available (and should be used). - -d_shm (d_shm.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHM symbol, which - indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is present. - -d_shmat (d_shmat.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMAT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the shmat() routine is available. - -d_shmatprototype (d_shmat.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE - symbol, which indicates that sys/shm.h has a prototype for - shmat. - -d_shmctl (d_shmctl.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMCTL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the shmctl() routine is available. - -d_shmdt (d_shmdt.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMDT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the shmdt() routine is available. - -d_shmget (d_shmget.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SHMGET symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the shmget() routine is available. - -d_sigaction (d_sigaction.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGACTION symbol, which - indicates that the Vr4 sigaction() routine is available. - -d_sigprocmask (d_sigprocmask.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SIGPROCMASK - if sigprocmask() is available to examine or change the signal mask - of the calling process. - -d_sigsetjmp (d_sigsetjmp.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SIGSETJMP symbol, - which indicates that the sigsetjmp() routine is available to - call setjmp() and optionally save the process's signal mask. - -d_socket (d_socket.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SOCKET, which indicates - that the BSD socket interface is supported. - -d_socklen_t (d_socklen_t.U): - This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports socklen_t. - -d_sockpair (d_socket.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKETPAIR symbol, which - indicates that the BSD socketpair() is supported. - -d_socks5_init (d_socks5_init.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SOCKS5_INIT symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the socks5_init() routine is available. - -d_sqrtl (d_sqrtl.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SQRTL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the sqrtl() routine is available. - -d_statblks (d_statblks.U): - This variable conditionally defines USE_STAT_BLOCKS - if this system has a stat structure declaring - st_blksize and st_blocks. - -d_statfs_f_flags (d_statfs_f_flags.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS - symbol, which indicates to struct statfs from has f_flags member. - This kind of struct statfs is coming from sys/mount.h (BSD), - not from sys/statfs.h (SYSV). - -d_statfs_s (d_statfs_s.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRUCT_STATFS symbol, - which indicates that the struct statfs is supported. - -d_statvfs (d_statvfs.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STATVFS symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the statvfs() routine is available. - -d_stdio_cnt_lval (d_stdstdio.U): - This variable conditionally defines STDIO_CNT_LVALUE if the - FILE_cnt macro can be used as an lvalue. - -d_stdio_ptr_lval (d_stdstdio.U): - This variable conditionally defines STDIO_PTR_LVALUE if the - FILE_ptr macro can be used as an lvalue. - -d_stdio_ptr_lval_nochange_cnt (d_stdstdio.U): - This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - -d_stdio_ptr_lval_sets_cnt (d_stdstdio.U): - This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - -d_stdio_stream_array (stdio_streams.U): - This variable tells whether there is an array holding - the stdio streams. - -d_stdiobase (d_stdstdio.U): - This variable conditionally defines USE_STDIO_BASE if this system - has a FILE structure declaring a usable _base field (or equivalent) - in stdio.h. - -d_stdstdio (d_stdstdio.U): - This variable conditionally defines USE_STDIO_PTR if this system - has a FILE structure declaring usable _ptr and _cnt fields (or - equivalent) in stdio.h. - -d_strchr (d_strchr.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRCHR if strchr() and - strrchr() are available for string searching. - -d_strcoll (d_strcoll.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRCOLL if strcoll() is - available to compare strings using collating information. - -d_strctcpy (d_strctcpy.U): - This variable conditionally defines the USE_STRUCT_COPY symbol, which - indicates to the C program that this C compiler knows how to copy - structures. - -d_strerrm (d_strerror.U): - This variable holds what Strerrr is defined as to translate an error - code condition into an error message string. It could be 'strerror' - or a more complex macro emulating strrror with sys_errlist[], or the - "unknown" string when both strerror and sys_errlist are missing. - -d_strerror (d_strerror.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRERROR if strerror() is - available to translate error numbers to strings. - -d_strtod (d_strtod.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOD symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the strtod() routine is available - to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). - -d_strtol (d_strtol.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the strtol() routine is available - to provide better numeric string conversion than atoi() and friends. - -d_strtold (d_strtold.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOLD symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the strtold() routine is available. - -d_strtoll (d_strtoll.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOLL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the strtoll() routine is available. - -d_strtoq (d_strtoq.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOQ symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the strtoq() routine is available. - -d_strtoul (d_strtoul.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOUL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the strtoul() routine is available - to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - -d_strtoull (d_strtoull.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOULL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the strtoull() routine is available. - -d_strtouq (d_strtouq.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_STRTOUQ symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the strtouq() routine is available. - -d_strxfrm (d_strxfrm.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_STRXFRM if strxfrm() is - available to transform strings. - -d_suidsafe (d_dosuid.U): - This variable conditionally defines SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW - if setuid scripts can be secure. This test looks in /dev/fd/. - -d_symlink (d_symlink.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SYMLINK symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the symlink() routine is available - to create symbolic links. - -d_syscall (d_syscall.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYSCALL if syscall() is - available call arbitrary system calls. - -d_sysconf (d_sysconf.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_SYSCONF symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the sysconf() routine is available - to determine system related limits and options. - -d_sysernlst (d_strerror.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYS_ERRNOLIST if sys_errnolist[] - is available to translate error numbers to the symbolic name. - -d_syserrlst (d_strerror.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYS_ERRLIST if sys_errlist[] is - available to translate error numbers to strings. - -d_system (d_system.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_SYSTEM if system() is - available to issue a shell command. - -d_tcgetpgrp (d_tcgtpgrp.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TCGETPGRP symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the tcgetpgrp() routine is available. - to get foreground process group ID. - -d_tcsetpgrp (d_tcstpgrp.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TCSETPGRP symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the tcsetpgrp() routine is available - to set foreground process group ID. - -d_telldir (d_readdir.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_TELLDIR if telldir() is - available. - -d_telldirproto (d_telldirproto.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO symbol, - which indicates to the C program that the system provides - a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is - up to the program to supply one. - -d_time (d_time.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TIME symbol, which indicates - that the time() routine exists. The time() routine is normaly - provided on UNIX systems. - -d_times (d_times.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_TIMES symbol, which indicates - that the times() routine exists. The times() routine is normaly - provided on UNIX systems. You may have to include <sys/times.h>. - -d_truncate (d_truncate.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_TRUNCATE if truncate() is - available to truncate files. - -d_tzname (d_tzname.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_TZNAME if tzname[] is - available to access timezone names. - -d_umask (d_umask.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UMASK symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the umask() routine is available. - to set and get the value of the file creation mask. - -d_uname (d_gethname.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_UNAME symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the uname() routine may be - used to derive the host name. - -d_union_semun (d_union_semun.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_UNION_SEMUN if the - union semun is defined by including <sys/sem.h>. - -d_ustat (d_ustat.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_USTAT if ustat() is - available to query file system statistics by dev_t. - -d_vendorarch (vendorarch.U): - This variable conditionally defined PERL_VENDORARCH. - -d_vendorbin (vendorbin.U): - This variable conditionally defines PERL_VENDORBIN. - -d_vendorlib (vendorlib.U): - This variable conditionally defines PERL_VENDORLIB. - -d_vfork (d_vfork.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_VFORK symbol, which - indicates the vfork() routine is available. - -d_void_closedir (d_closedir.U): - This variable conditionally defines VOID_CLOSEDIR if closedir() - does not return a value. - -d_voidsig (d_voidsig.U): - This variable conditionally defines VOIDSIG if this system - declares "void (*signal(...))()" in signal.h. The old way was to - declare it as "int (*signal(...))()". - -d_voidtty (i_sysioctl.U): - This variable conditionally defines USE_IOCNOTTY to indicate that the - ioctl() call with TIOCNOTTY should be used to void tty association. - Otherwise (on USG probably), it is enough to close the standard file - decriptors and do a setpgrp(). - -d_volatile (d_volatile.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HASVOLATILE symbol, which - indicates to the C program that this C compiler knows about the - volatile declaration. - -d_vprintf (d_vprintf.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_VPRINTF symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the vprintf() routine is available - to printf with a pointer to an argument list. - -d_wait4 (d_wait4.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WAIT4 symbol, which - indicates the wait4() routine is available. - -d_waitpid (d_waitpid.U): - This variable conditionally defines HAS_WAITPID if waitpid() is - available to wait for child process. - -d_wcstombs (d_wcstombs.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCSTOMBS symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the wcstombs() routine is available - to convert wide character strings to multibyte strings. - -d_wctomb (d_wctomb.U): - This variable conditionally defines the HAS_WCTOMB symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the wctomb() routine is available - to convert a wide character to a multibyte. - -d_xenix (Guess.U): - This variable conditionally defines the symbol XENIX, which alerts - the C program that it runs under Xenix. - -date (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the date program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "date" and is not useful. - -db_hashtype (i_db.U): - This variable contains the type of the hash structure element - in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was - int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. - -db_prefixtype (i_db.U): - This variable contains the type of the prefix structure element - in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was - int, while in newer ones it is size_t. - -defvoidused (voidflags.U): - This variable contains the default value of the VOIDUSED symbol (15). - -direntrytype (i_dirent.U): - This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - portably declare your directory entries. - -dlext (dlext.U): - This variable contains the extension that is to be used for the - dynamically loaded modules that perl generaties. - -dlsrc (dlsrc.U): - This variable contains the name of the dynamic loading file that - will be used with the package. - -doublesize (doublesize.U): - This variable contains the value of the DOUBLESIZE symbol, which - indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a double. - -drand01 (randfunc.U): - Indicates the macro to be used to generate normalized - random numbers. Uses randfunc, often divided by - (double) (((unsigned long) 1 << randbits)) in order to - normalize the result. - In C programs, the macro 'Drand01' is mapped to drand01. - -dynamic_ext (Extensions.U): - This variable holds a list of XS extension files we want to - link dynamically into the package. It is used by Makefile. - -eagain (nblock_io.U): - This variable bears the symbolic errno code set by read() when no - data is present on the file and non-blocking I/O was enabled (otherwise, - read() blocks naturally). - -ebcdic (ebcdic.U): - This variable conditionally defines EBCDIC if this - system uses EBCDIC encoding. Among other things, this - means that the character ranges are not contiguous. - See trnl.U - -echo (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the echo program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "echo" and is not useful. - -egrep (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the egrep program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "egrep" and is not useful. - -emacs (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -eunicefix (Init.U): - When running under Eunice this variable contains a command which will - convert a shell script to the proper form of text file for it to be - executable by the shell. On other systems it is a no-op. - -exe_ext (Unix.U): - This is an old synonym for _exe. - -expr (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the expr program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "expr" and is not useful. - -extensions (Extensions.U): - This variable holds a list of all extension files (both XS and - non-xs linked into the package. It is propagated to Config.pm - and is typically used to test whether a particular extesion - is available. - -fflushall (fflushall.U): - This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush - all pending stdio output one must loop through all - the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. - Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not - even be probed for and will be left undefined. - -fflushNULL (fflushall.U): - This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush - all pending stdio output. - -find (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -firstmakefile (Unix.U): - This variable defines the first file searched by make. On unix, - it is makefile (then Makefile). On case-insensitive systems, - it might be something else. This is only used to deal with - convoluted make depend tricks. - -flex (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -fpossize (fpossize.U): - This variable contains the size of a fpostype in bytes. - -fpostype (fpostype.U): - This variable defines Fpos_t to be something like fpos_t, long, - uint, or whatever type is used to declare file positions in libc. - -freetype (mallocsrc.U): - This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - void, but occasionally int. - -full_ar (Loc_ar.U): - This variable contains the full pathname to 'ar', whether or - not the user has specified 'portability'. This is only used - in the Makefile.SH. - -full_csh (d_csh.U): - This variable contains the full pathname to 'csh', whether or - not the user has specified 'portability'. This is only used - in the compiled C program, and we assume that all systems which - can share this executable will have the same full pathname to - 'csh.' - -full_sed (Loc_sed.U): - This variable contains the full pathname to 'sed', whether or - not the user has specified 'portability'. This is only used - in the compiled C program, and we assume that all systems which - can share this executable will have the same full pathname to - 'sed.' - -gccosandvers (gccvers.U): - If GNU cc (gcc) is used, this variable the operating system and - version used to compile the gcc. It is set to '' if not gcc, - or if nothing useful can be parsed as the os version. - -gccversion (gccvers.U): - If GNU cc (gcc) is used, this variable holds '1' or '2' to - indicate whether the compiler is version 1 or 2. This is used in - setting some of the default cflags. It is set to '' if not gcc. - -gidformat (gidf.U): - This variable contains the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - -gidsign (gidsign.U): - This variable contains the signedness of a gidtype. - 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - -gidsize (gidsize.U): - This variable contains the size of a gidtype in bytes. - -gidtype (gidtype.U): - This variable defines Gid_t to be something like gid_t, int, - ushort, or whatever type is used to declare the return type - of getgid(). Typically, it is the type of group ids in the kernel. - -glibpth (libpth.U): - This variable holds the general path (space-separated) used to - find libraries. It may contain directories that do not exist on - this platform, libpth is the cleaned-up version. - -grep (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the grep program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "grep" and is not useful. - -groupcat (nis.U): - This variable contains a command that produces the text of the - /etc/group file. This is normally "cat /etc/group", but can be - "ypcat group" when NIS is used. - On some systems, such as os390, there may be no equivalent - command, in which case this variable is unset. - -groupstype (groupstype.U): - This variable defines Groups_t to be something like gid_t, int, - ushort, or whatever type is used for the second argument to - getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - gidtype (gid_t), but sometimes it isn't. - -gzip (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the gzip program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "gzip" and is not useful. - -h_fcntl (h_fcntl.U): - This is variable gets set in various places to tell i_fcntl that - <fcntl.h> should be included. - -h_sysfile (h_sysfile.U): - This is variable gets set in various places to tell i_sys_file that - <sys/file.h> should be included. - -hint (Oldconfig.U): - Gives the type of hints used for previous answers. May be one of - "default", "recommended" or "previous". - -hostcat (nis.U): - This variable contains a command that produces the text of the - /etc/hosts file. This is normally "cat /etc/hosts", but can be - "ypcat hosts" when NIS is used. - On some systems, such as os390, there may be no equivalent - command, in which case this variable is unset. - -i16size (perlxv.U): - This variable is the size of an I16 in bytes. - -i16type (perlxv.U): - This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I16. - -i32size (perlxv.U): - This variable is the size of an I32 in bytes. - -i32type (perlxv.U): - This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I32. - -i64size (perlxv.U): - This variable is the size of an I64 in bytes. - -i64type (perlxv.U): - This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I64. - -i8size (perlxv.U): - This variable is the size of an I8 in bytes. - -i8type (perlxv.U): - This variable contains the C type used for Perl's I8. - -i_arpainet (i_arpainet.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_ARPA_INET symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <arpa/inet.h>. - -i_bsdioctl (i_sysioctl.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_BSDIOCTL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <sys/bsdioctl.h> exists and should - be included. - -i_db (i_db.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_DB symbol, and indicates - whether a C program may include Berkeley's DB include file <db.h>. - -i_dbm (i_dbm.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_DBM symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <dbm.h> exists and should - be included. - -i_dirent (i_dirent.U): - This variable conditionally defines I_DIRENT, which indicates - to the C program that it should include <dirent.h>. - -i_dld (i_dld.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_DLD symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <dld.h> (GNU dynamic loading) - exists and should be included. - -i_dlfcn (i_dlfcn.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_DLFCN symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <dlfcn.h> exists and should - be included. - -i_fcntl (i_fcntl.U): - This variable controls the value of I_FCNTL (which tells - the C program to include <fcntl.h>). - -i_float (i_float.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_FLOAT symbol, and indicates - whether a C program may include <float.h> to get symbols like DBL_MAX - or DBL_MIN, i.e. machine dependent floating point values. - -i_gdbm (i_gdbm.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_GDBM symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <gdbm.h> exists and should - be included. - -i_grp (i_grp.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_GRP symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <grp.h>. - -i_iconv (i_iconv.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_ICONV symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <iconv.h>. - -i_ieeefp (i_ieeefp.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_IEEEFP symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <ieeefp.h>. - -i_inttypes (i_inttypes.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_INTTYPES symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <inttypes.h>. - -i_libutil (i_libutil.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_LIBUTIL symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <libutil.h>. - -i_limits (i_limits.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_LIMITS symbol, and indicates - whether a C program may include <limits.h> to get symbols like WORD_BIT - and friends. - -i_locale (i_locale.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_LOCALE symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <locale.h>. - -i_machcthr (i_machcthr.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_MACH_CTHREADS symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <mach/cthreads.h>. - -i_malloc (i_malloc.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_MALLOC symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <malloc.h>. - -i_math (i_math.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_MATH symbol, and indicates - whether a C program may include <math.h>. - -i_memory (i_memory.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_MEMORY symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <memory.h>. - -i_mntent (i_mntent.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_MNTENT symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <mntent.h>. - -i_ndbm (i_ndbm.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_NDBM symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <ndbm.h> exists and should - be included. - -i_netdb (i_netdb.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_NETDB symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <netdb.h>. - -i_neterrno (i_neterrno.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_NET_ERRNO symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <net/errno.h> exists and should - be included. - -i_netinettcp (i_netinettcp.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_NETINET_TCP symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <netinet/tcp.h>. - -i_niin (i_niin.U): - This variable conditionally defines I_NETINET_IN, which indicates - to the C program that it should include <netinet/in.h>. Otherwise, - you may try <sys/in.h>. - -i_poll (i_poll.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_POLL symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <poll.h>. - -i_prot (i_prot.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_PROT symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <prot.h>. - -i_pthread (i_pthread.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_PTHREAD symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <pthread.h>. - -i_pwd (i_pwd.U): - This variable conditionally defines I_PWD, which indicates - to the C program that it should include <pwd.h>. - -i_rpcsvcdbm (i_dbm.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_RPCSVC_DBM symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <rpcsvc/dbm.h> exists and should - be included. Some System V systems might need this instead of <dbm.h>. - -i_sfio (i_sfio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SFIO symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <sfio.h>. - -i_sgtty (i_termio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SGTTY symbol, which - indicates to the C program that it should include <sgtty.h> rather - than <termio.h>. - -i_shadow (i_shadow.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SHADOW symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <shadow.h>. - -i_socks (i_socks.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SOCKS symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <socks.h>. - -i_stdarg (i_varhdr.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_STDARG symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <stdarg.h> exists and should - be included. - -i_stddef (i_stddef.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_STDDEF symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <stddef.h> exists and should - be included. - -i_stdlib (i_stdlib.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_STDLIB symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <stdlib.h> exists and should - be included. - -i_string (i_string.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_STRING symbol, which - indicates that <string.h> should be included rather than <strings.h>. - -i_sunmath (i_sunmath.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SUNMATH symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <sunmath.h>. - -i_sysaccess (i_sysaccess.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_ACCESS symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/access.h>. - -i_sysdir (i_sysdir.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_DIR symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <sys/dir.h>. - -i_sysfile (i_sysfile.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_FILE symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <sys/file.h> to get R_OK and friends. - -i_sysfilio (i_sysioctl.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_FILIO symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <sys/filio.h> exists and should - be included in preference to <sys/ioctl.h>. - -i_sysin (i_niin.U): - This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_IN, which indicates - to the C program that it should include <sys/in.h> instead of - <netinet/in.h>. - -i_sysioctl (i_sysioctl.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_IOCTL symbol, which - indicates to the C program that <sys/ioctl.h> exists and should - be included. - -i_syslog (i_syslog.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSLOG symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <syslog.h>. - -i_sysmman (i_sysmman.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_MMAN symbol, and - indicates whether a C program should include <sys/mman.h>. - -i_sysmode (i_sysmode.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSMODE symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/mode.h>. - -i_sysmount (i_sysmount.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSMOUNT symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/mount.h>. - -i_sysndir (i_sysndir.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_NDIR symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <sys/ndir.h>. - -i_sysparam (i_sysparam.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_PARAM symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <sys/param.h>. - -i_sysresrc (i_sysresrc.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_RESOURCE symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/resource.h>. - -i_syssecrt (i_syssecrt.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_SECURITY symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/security.h>. - -i_sysselct (i_sysselct.U): - This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_SELECT, which indicates - to the C program that it should include <sys/select.h> in order to - get the definition of struct timeval. - -i_syssockio (i_sysioctl.U): - This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_SOCKIO to indicate to the - C program that socket ioctl codes may be found in <sys/sockio.h> - instead of <sys/ioctl.h>. - -i_sysstat (i_sysstat.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_STAT symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/stat.h>. - -i_sysstatfs (i_sysstatfs.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSSTATFS symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/statfs.h>. - -i_sysstatvfs (i_sysstatvfs.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSSTATVFS symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/statvfs.h>. - -i_systime (i_time.U): - This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_TIME, which indicates - to the C program that it should include <sys/time.h>. - -i_systimek (i_time.U): - This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL, which - indicates to the C program that it should include <sys/time.h> - with KERNEL defined. - -i_systimes (i_systimes.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_TIMES symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <sys/times.h>. - -i_systypes (i_systypes.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYS_TYPES symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/types.h>. - -i_sysuio (i_sysuio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSUIO symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <sys/uio.h>. - -i_sysun (i_sysun.U): - This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_UN, which indicates - to the C program that it should include <sys/un.h> to get UNIX - domain socket definitions. - -i_sysutsname (i_sysutsname.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSUTSNAME symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/utsname.h>. - -i_sysvfs (i_sysvfs.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_SYSVFS symbol, - and indicates whether a C program should include <sys/vfs.h>. - -i_syswait (i_syswait.U): - This variable conditionally defines I_SYS_WAIT, which indicates - to the C program that it should include <sys/wait.h>. - -i_termio (i_termio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_TERMIO symbol, which - indicates to the C program that it should include <termio.h> rather - than <sgtty.h>. - -i_termios (i_termio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_TERMIOS symbol, which - indicates to the C program that the POSIX <termios.h> file is - to be included. - -i_time (i_time.U): - This variable conditionally defines I_TIME, which indicates - to the C program that it should include <time.h>. - -i_unistd (i_unistd.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_UNISTD symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <unistd.h>. - -i_ustat (i_ustat.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_USTAT symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <ustat.h>. - -i_utime (i_utime.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_UTIME symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include <utime.h>. - -i_values (i_values.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_VALUES symbol, and indicates - whether a C program may include <values.h> to get symbols like MAXLONG - and friends. - -i_varargs (i_varhdr.U): - This variable conditionally defines I_VARARGS, which indicates - to the C program that it should include <varargs.h>. - -i_varhdr (i_varhdr.U): - Contains the name of the header to be included to get va_dcl definition. - Typically one of varargs.h or stdarg.h. - -i_vfork (i_vfork.U): - This variable conditionally defines the I_VFORK symbol, and indicates - whether a C program should include vfork.h. - -ignore_versioned_solibs (libs.U): - This variable should be non-empty if non-versioned shared - libraries (libfoo.so.x.y) are to be ignored (because they - cannot be linked against). - -inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U): - This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - search when adding directories to @INC. The elements in - the list are separated by spaces. This is only useful - if you have a perl library directory tree structured like the - default one. See INSTALL for how this works. The versioned - site_perl directory was introduced in 5.005, so that is the - lowest possible value. - -inc_version_list_init (inc_version_list.U): - This variable holds the same list as inc_version_list, but - each item is enclosed in double quotes and separated by commas, - suitable for use in the PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST initialization. - -incpath (usrinc.U): - This variable must preceed the normal include path to get hte - right one, as in "$incpath/usr/include" or "$incpath/usr/lib". - Value can be "" or "/bsd43" on mips. - -inews (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -installarchlib (archlib.U): - This variable is really the same as archlibexp but may differ on - those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable - should be used in makefiles. - -installbin (bin.U): - This variable is the same as binexp unless AFS is running in which case - the user is explicitely prompted for it. This variable should always - be used in your makefiles for maximum portability. - -installman1dir (man1dir.U): - This variable is really the same as man1direxp, unless you are using - AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas - man1direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra - portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. - -installman3dir (man3dir.U): - This variable is really the same as man3direxp, unless you are using - AFS in which case it points to the read/write location whereas - man3direxp only points to the read-only access location. For extra - portability, you should only use this variable within your makefiles. - -installprefix (installprefix.U): - This variable holds the name of the directory below which - "make install" will install the package. For most users, this - is the same as prefix. However, it is useful for - installing the software into a different (usually temporary) - location after which it can be bundled up and moved somehow - to the final location specified by prefix. - -installprefixexp (installprefix.U): - This variable holds the full absolute path of installprefix - with all ~-expansion done. - -installprivlib (privlib.U): - This variable is really the same as privlibexp but may differ on - those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable - should be used in makefiles. - -installscript (scriptdir.U): - This variable is usually the same as scriptdirexp, unless you are on - a system running AFS, in which case they may differ slightly. You - should always use this variable within your makefiles for portability. - -installsitearch (sitearch.U): - This variable is really the same as sitearchexp but may differ on - those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable - should be used in makefiles. - -installsitebin (sitebin.U): - This variable is usually the same as sitebinexp, unless you are on - a system running AFS, in which case they may differ slightly. You - should always use this variable within your makefiles for portability. - -installsitelib (sitelib.U): - This variable is really the same as sitelibexp but may differ on - those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable - should be used in makefiles. - -installstyle (installstyle.U): - This variable describes the "style" of the perl installation. - This is intended to be useful for tools that need to - manipulate entire perl distributions. Perl itself doesn't use - this to find its libraries -- the library directories are - stored directly in Config.pm. Currently, there are only two - styles: "lib" and "lib/perl5". The default library locations - (e.g. privlib, sitelib) are either $prefix/lib or - $prefix/lib/perl5. The former is useful if $prefix is a - directory dedicated to perl (e.g. /opt/perl), while the latter - is useful if $prefix is shared by many packages, e.g. if - $prefix=/usr/local. - This may later be extended to include other information, so - be careful with pattern-matching on the results. - For compatibility with perl5.005 and earlier, the default - setting is based on whether or not $prefix contains the string - "perl". - -installusrbinperl (instubperl.U): - This variable tells whether Perl should be installed also as - /usr/bin/perl in addition to - $installbin/perl - -installvendorarch (vendorarch.U): - This variable is really the same as vendorarchexp but may differ on - those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable - should be used in makefiles. - -installvendorbin (vendorbin.U): - This variable is really the same as vendorbinexp but may differ on - those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable - should be used in makefiles. - -installvendorlib (vendorlib.U): - This variable is really the same as vendorlibexp but may differ on - those systems using AFS. For extra portability, only this variable - should be used in makefiles. - -intsize (intsize.U): - This variable contains the value of the INTSIZE symbol, which - indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in an int. - -issymlink (issymlink.U): - This variable holds the test command to test for a symbolic link - (if they are supported). Typical values include 'test -h' and - 'test -L'. - -ivdformat (perlxvf.U): - This variable contains the format string used for printing - a Perl IV as a signed decimal integer. - -ivsize (perlxv.U): - This variable is the size of an IV in bytes. - -ivtype (perlxv.U): - This variable contains the C type used for Perl's IV. - -known_extensions (Extensions.U): - This variable holds a list of all XS extensions included in - the package. - -ksh (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -ld (dlsrc.U): - This variable indicates the program to be used to link - libraries for dynamic loading. On some systems, it is 'ld'. - On ELF systems, it should be $cc. Mostly, we'll try to respect - the hint file setting. - -lddlflags (dlsrc.U): - This variable contains any special flags that might need to be - passed to $ld to create a shared library suitable for dynamic - loading. It is up to the makefile to use it. For hpux, it - should be '-b'. For sunos 4.1, it is empty. - -ldflags (ccflags.U): - This variable contains any additional C loader flags desired by - the user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. - -ldflags_uselargefiles (uselfs.U): - This variable contains the loader flags needed by large file builds - and added to ldflags by hints files. - -ldlibpthname (libperl.U): - This variable holds the name of the shared library - search path, often LD_LIBRARY_PATH. To get an empty - string, the hints file must set this to 'none'. - -less (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the less program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "less" and is not useful. - -lib_ext (Unix.U): - This is an old synonym for _a. - -libc (libc.U): - This variable contains the location of the C library. - -libperl (libperl.U): - The perl executable is obtained by linking perlmain.c with - libperl, any static extensions (usually just DynaLoader), - and any other libraries needed on this system. libperl - is usually libperl.a, but can also be libperl.so.xxx if - the user wishes to build a perl executable with a shared - library. - -libpth (libpth.U): - This variable holds the general path (space-separated) used to find - libraries. It is intended to be used by other units. - -libs (libs.U): - This variable holds the additional libraries we want to use. - It is up to the Makefile to deal with it. - -libsdirs (libs.U): - This variable holds the directory names aka dirnames of the libraries - we found and accepted, duplicates are removed. - -libsfiles (libs.U): - This variable holds the filenames aka basenames of the libraries - we found and accepted. - -libsfound (libs.U): - This variable holds the full pathnames of the libraries - we found and accepted. - -libspath (libs.U): - This variable holds the directory names probed for libraries. - -libswanted (Myinit.U): - This variable holds a list of all the libraries we want to - search. The order is chosen to pick up the c library - ahead of ucb or bsd libraries for SVR4. - -libswanted_uselargefiles (uselfs.U): - This variable contains the libraries needed by large file builds - and added to ldflags by hints files. It is a space separated list - of the library names without the "lib" prefix or any suffix, just - like libswanted.. - -line (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -lint (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -lkflags (ccflags.U): - This variable contains any additional C partial linker flags desired by - the user. It is up to the Makefile to use this. - -ln (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the ln program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "ln" and is not useful. - -lns (lns.U): - This variable holds the name of the command to make - symbolic links (if they are supported). It can be used - in the Makefile. It is either 'ln -s' or 'ln' - -locincpth (ccflags.U): - This variable contains a list of additional directories to be - searched by the compiler. The appropriate '-I' directives will - be added to ccflags. This is intended to simplify setting - local directories from the Configure command line. - It's not much, but it parallels the loclibpth stuff in libpth.U. - -loclibpth (libpth.U): - This variable holds the paths (space-separated) used to find local - libraries. It is prepended to libpth, and is intended to be easily - set from the command line. - -longdblsize (d_longdbl.U): - This variable contains the value of the LONG_DOUBLESIZE symbol, which - indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a long double, - if this system supports long doubles. - -longlongsize (d_longlong.U): - This variable contains the value of the LONGLONGSIZE symbol, which - indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a long long, - if this system supports long long. - -longsize (intsize.U): - This variable contains the value of the LONGSIZE symbol, which - indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a long. - -lp (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -lpr (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -ls (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the ls program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "ls" and is not useful. - -lseeksize (lseektype.U): - This variable defines lseektype to be something like off_t, long, - or whatever type is used to declare lseek offset's type in the - kernel (which also appears to be lseek's return type). - -lseektype (lseektype.U): - This variable defines lseektype to be something like off_t, long, - or whatever type is used to declare lseek offset's type in the - kernel (which also appears to be lseek's return type). - -mail (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -mailx (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -make (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the make program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "make" and is not useful. - -make_set_make (make.U): - Some versions of 'make' set the variable MAKE. Others do not. - This variable contains the string to be included in Makefile.SH - so that MAKE is set if needed, and not if not needed. - Possible values are: - make_set_make='#' # If your make program handles this for you, - make_set_make="MAKE=$make" # if it doesn't. - I used a comment character so that we can distinguish a - 'set' value (from a previous config.sh or Configure '-D' option) - from an uncomputed value. - -mallocobj (mallocsrc.U): - This variable contains the name of the malloc.o that this package - generates, if that malloc.o is preferred over the system malloc. - Otherwise the value is null. This variable is intended for generating - Makefiles. See mallocsrc. - -mallocsrc (mallocsrc.U): - This variable contains the name of the malloc.c that comes with - the package, if that malloc.c is preferred over the system malloc. - Otherwise the value is null. This variable is intended for generating - Makefiles. - -malloctype (mallocsrc.U): - This variable contains the kind of ptr returned by malloc and realloc. - -man1dir (man1dir.U): - This variable contains the name of the directory in which manual - source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the - Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. - You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. - -man1direxp (man1dir.U): - This variable is the same as the man1dir variable, but is filename - expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. - -man1ext (man1dir.U): - This variable contains the extension that the manual page should - have: one of 'n', 'l', or '1'. The Makefile must supply the '.'. - See man1dir. - -man3dir (man3dir.U): - This variable contains the name of the directory in which manual - source pages are to be put. It is the responsibility of the - Makefile.SH to get the value of this into the proper command. - You must be prepared to do the ~name expansion yourself. - -man3direxp (man3dir.U): - This variable is the same as the man3dir variable, but is filename - expanded at configuration time, for convenient use in makefiles. - -man3ext (man3dir.U): - This variable contains the extension that the manual page should - have: one of 'n', 'l', or '3'. The Makefile must supply the '.'. - See man3dir. - -Mcc (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the Mcc program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "Mcc" and is not useful. - -mips_type (usrinc.U): - This variable holds the environment type for the mips system. - Possible values are "BSD 4.3" and "System V". - -mkdir (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the mkdir program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "mkdir" and is not useful. - -mmaptype (d_mmap.U): - This symbol contains the type of pointer returned by mmap() - (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - It can be 'void *' or 'caddr_t'. - -modetype (modetype.U): - This variable defines modetype to be something like mode_t, - int, unsigned short, or whatever type is used to declare file - modes for system calls. - -more (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the more program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "more" and is not useful. - -multiarch (multiarch.U): - This variable conditionally defines the MULTIARCH symbol - which signifies the presence of multiplatform files. - This is normally set by hints files. - -mv (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -myarchname (archname.U): - This variable holds the architecture name computed by Configure in - a previous run. It is not intended to be perused by any user and - should never be set in a hint file. - -mydomain (myhostname.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the MYDOMAIN symbol, - which is the domain of the host the program is going to run on. - The domain must be appended to myhostname to form a complete host name. - The dot comes with mydomain, and need not be supplied by the program. - -myhostname (myhostname.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the MYHOSTNAME symbol, - which is the name of the host the program is going to run on. - The domain is not kept with hostname, but must be gotten from mydomain. - The dot comes with mydomain, and need not be supplied by the program. - -myuname (Oldconfig.U): - The output of 'uname -a' if available, otherwise the hostname. On Xenix, - pseudo variables assignments in the output are stripped, thank you. The - whole thing is then lower-cased. - -n (n.U): - This variable contains the '-n' flag if that is what causes the echo - command to suppress newline. Otherwise it is null. Correct usage is - $echo $n "prompt for a question: $c". - -need_va_copy (need_va_copy.U): - This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores - the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format - that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some - other means must be used when copying is required. - As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) - of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- - independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. - -netdb_hlen_type (netdbtype.U): - This variable holds the type used for the 2nd argument to - gethostbyaddr(). Usually, this is int or size_t or unsigned. - This is only useful if you have gethostbyaddr(), naturally. - -netdb_host_type (netdbtype.U): - This variable holds the type used for the 1st argument to - gethostbyaddr(). Usually, this is char * or void *, possibly - with or without a const prefix. - This is only useful if you have gethostbyaddr(), naturally. - -netdb_name_type (netdbtype.U): - This variable holds the type used for the argument to - gethostbyname(). Usually, this is char * or const char *. - This is only useful if you have gethostbyname(), naturally. - -netdb_net_type (netdbtype.U): - This variable holds the type used for the 1st argument to - getnetbyaddr(). Usually, this is int or long. - This is only useful if you have getnetbyaddr(), naturally. - -nm (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the nm program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "nm" and is not useful. - -nm_opt (usenm.U): - This variable holds the options that may be necessary for nm. - -nm_so_opt (usenm.U): - This variable holds the options that may be necessary for nm - to work on a shared library but that can not be used on an - archive library. Currently, this is only used by Linux, where - nm --dynamic is *required* to get symbols from an ELF library which - has been stripped, but nm --dynamic is *fatal* on an archive library. - Maybe Linux should just always set usenm=false. - -nonxs_ext (Extensions.U): - This variable holds a list of all non-xs extensions included - in the package. All of them will be built. - -nroff (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the nroff program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "nroff" and is not useful. - -nveformat (perlxvf.U): - This variable contains the format string used for printing - a Perl NV using %e-ish floating point format. - -nvEUformat (perlxvf.U): - This variable contains the format string used for printing - a Perl NV using %E-ish floating point format. - -nvfformat (perlxvf.U): - This variable confains the format string used for printing - a Perl NV using %f-ish floating point format. - -nvFUformat (perlxvf.U): - This variable confains the format string used for printing - a Perl NV using %F-ish floating point format. - -nvgformat (perlxvf.U): - This variable contains the format string used for printing - a Perl NV using %g-ish floating point format. - -nvGUformat (perlxvf.U): - This variable contains the format string used for printing - a Perl NV using %G-ish floating point format. - -nvsize (perlxv.U): - This variable is the size of an NV in bytes. - -nvtype (perlxv.U): - This variable contains the C type used for Perl's NV. - -o_nonblock (nblock_io.U): - This variable bears the symbol value to be used during open() or fcntl() - to turn on non-blocking I/O for a file descriptor. If you wish to switch - between blocking and non-blocking, you may try ioctl(FIOSNBIO) instead, - but that is only supported by some devices. - -obj_ext (Unix.U): - This is an old synonym for _o. - -old_pthread_create_joinable (d_pthrattrj.U): - This variable defines the constant to use for creating joinable - (aka undetached) pthreads. Unused if pthread.h defines - PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE. If used, possible values are - PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED and __UNDETACHED. - -optimize (ccflags.U): - This variable contains any optimizer/debugger flag that should be used. - It is up to the Makefile to use it. - -orderlib (orderlib.U): - This variable is "true" if the components of libraries must be ordered - (with `lorder $* | tsort`) before placing them in an archive. Set to - "false" if ranlib or ar can generate random libraries. - -osname (Oldconfig.U): - This variable contains the operating system name (e.g. sunos, - solaris, hpux, etc.). It can be useful later on for setting - defaults. Any spaces are replaced with underscores. It is set - to a null string if we can't figure it out. - -osvers (Oldconfig.U): - This variable contains the operating system version (e.g. - 4.1.3, 5.2, etc.). It is primarily used for helping select - an appropriate hints file, but might be useful elsewhere for - setting defaults. It is set to '' if we can't figure it out. - We try to be flexible about how much of the version number - to keep, e.g. if 4.1.1, 4.1.2, and 4.1.3 are essentially the - same for this package, hints files might just be os_4.0 or - os_4.1, etc., not keeping separate files for each little release. - -otherlibdirs (otherlibdirs.U): - This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - binary to search for additional library files or modules. - These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - and architecture-specific directories. See inc_version_list - for more details. - A value of ' ' means 'none' and is used to preserve this value - for the next run through Configure. - -package (package.U): - This variable contains the name of the package being constructed. - It is primarily intended for the use of later Configure units. - -pager (pager.U): - This variable contains the name of the preferred pager on the system. - Usual values are (the full pathnames of) more, less, pg, or cat. - -passcat (nis.U): - This variable contains a command that produces the text of the - /etc/passwd file. This is normally "cat /etc/passwd", but can be - "ypcat passwd" when NIS is used. - On some systems, such as os390, there may be no equivalent - command, in which case this variable is unset. - -patchlevel (patchlevel.U): - The patchlevel level of this package. - The value of patchlevel comes from the patchlevel.h file. - In a version number such as 5.6.1, this is the "6". - In patchlevel.h, this is referred to as "PERL_VERSION". - -path_sep (Unix.U): - This is an old synonym for p_ in Head.U, the character - used to separate elements in the command shell search PATH. - -perl5 (perl5.U): - This variable contains the full path (if any) to a previously - installed perl5.005 or later suitable for running the script - to determine inc_version_list. - -perl (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -PERL_REVISION (Oldsyms.U): - In a Perl version number such as 5.6.2, this is the 5. - This value is manually set in patchlevel.h - -PERL_SUBVERSION (Oldsyms.U): - In a Perl version number such as 5.6.2, this is the 2. - Values greater than 50 represent potentially unstable - development subversions. - This value is manually set in patchlevel.h - -PERL_VERSION (Oldsyms.U): - In a Perl version number such as 5.6.2, this is the 6. - This value is manually set in patchlevel.h - -perladmin (perladmin.U): - Electronic mail address of the perl5 administrator. - -perllibs (End.U): - The list of libraries needed by Perl only (any libraries needed - by extensions only will by dropped, if using dynamic loading). - -perlpath (perlpath.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the PERLPATH symbol, - which contains the name of the perl interpreter to be used in - shell scripts and in the "eval 'exec'" idiom. - -pg (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the pg program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "pg" and is not useful. - -phostname (myhostname.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the PHOSTNAME symbol, - which is a command that can be fed to popen() to get the host name. - The program should probably not presume that the domain is or isn't - there already. - -pidtype (pidtype.U): - This variable defines PIDTYPE to be something like pid_t, int, - ushort, or whatever type is used to declare process ids in the kernel. - -plibpth (libpth.U): - Holds the private path used by Configure to find out the libraries. - Its value is prepend to libpth. This variable takes care of special - machines, like the mips. Usually, it should be empty. - -pm_apiversion (xs_apiversion.U): - This variable contains the version of the oldest perl - compatible with the present perl. (That is, pure perl modules - written for $pm_apiversion will still work for the current - version). perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - search in $sitelib for older directories across major versions - back to pm_apiversion. This is only useful if you have a perl - library directory tree structured like the default one. The - versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's - the default setting for this variable. It's hard to imagine - it changing before Perl6. It is included here for symmetry - with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will - (presumably) be similar. - See the INSTALL file for how this works. - -pmake (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -pr (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -prefix (prefix.U): - This variable holds the name of the directory below which the - user will install the package. Usually, this is /usr/local, and - executables go in /usr/local/bin, library stuff in /usr/local/lib, - man pages in /usr/local/man, etc. It is only used to set defaults - for things in bin.U, mansrc.U, privlib.U, or scriptdir.U. - -prefixexp (prefix.U): - This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below - which the user will install the package. Derived from prefix. - -privlib (privlib.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the PRIVLIB symbol, - which is the name of the private library for this package. It may - have a ~ on the front. It is up to the makefile to eventually create - this directory while performing installation (with ~ substitution). - -privlibexp (privlib.U): - This variable is the ~name expanded version of privlib, so that you - may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. - -prototype (prototype.U): - This variable holds the eventual value of CAN_PROTOTYPE, which - indicates the C compiler can handle funciton prototypes. - -ptrsize (ptrsize.U): - This variable contains the value of the PTRSIZE symbol, which - indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a pointer. - -quadkind (quadtype.U): - This variable, if defined, encodes the type of a quad: - 1 = int, 2 = long, 3 = long long, 4 = int64_t. - -quadtype (quadtype.U): - This variable defines Quad_t to be something like long, int, - long long, int64_t, or whatever type is used for 64-bit integers. - -randbits (randfunc.U): - Indicates how many bits are produced by the function used to - generate normalized random numbers. - -randfunc (randfunc.U): - Indicates the name of the random number function to use. - Values include drand48, random, and rand. In C programs, - the 'Drand01' macro is defined to generate uniformly distributed - random numbers over the range [0., 1.[ (see drand01 and nrand). - -randseedtype (randfunc.U): - Indicates the type of the argument of the seedfunc. - -ranlib (orderlib.U): - This variable is set to the pathname of the ranlib program, if it is - needed to generate random libraries. Set to ":" if ar can generate - random libraries or if random libraries are not supported - -rd_nodata (nblock_io.U): - This variable holds the return code from read() when no data is - present. It should be -1, but some systems return 0 when O_NDELAY is - used, which is a shame because you cannot make the difference between - no data and an EOF.. Sigh! - -revision (patchlevel.U): - The value of revision comes from the patchlevel.h file. - In a version number such as 5.6.1, this is the "5". - In patchlevel.h, this is referred to as "PERL_REVISION". - -rm (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the rm program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "rm" and is not useful. - -rmail (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -runnm (usenm.U): - This variable contains 'true' or 'false' depending whether the - nm extraction should be performed or not, according to the value - of usenm and the flags on the Configure command line. - -sched_yield (d_pthread_y.U): - This variable defines the way to yield the execution - of the current thread. - -scriptdir (scriptdir.U): - This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants - to put publicly scripts for the package in question. It is either - the same directory as for binaries, or a special one that can be - mounted across different architectures, like /usr/share. Programs - must be prepared to deal with ~name expansion. - -scriptdirexp (scriptdir.U): - This variable is the same as scriptdir, but is filename expanded - at configuration time, for programs not wanting to bother with it. - -sed (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the sed program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "sed" and is not useful. - -seedfunc (randfunc.U): - Indicates the random number generating seed function. - Values include srand48, srandom, and srand. - -selectminbits (selectminbits.U): - This variable holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. - That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be - cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this - is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do - the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. - -selecttype (selecttype.U): - This variable holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - have select(), naturally. - -sendmail (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -sh (sh.U): - This variable contains the full pathname of the shell used - on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - D:/bin/sh.exe. - This unit comes before Options.U, so you can't set sh with a '-D' - option, though you can override this (and startsh) - with '-O -Dsh=/bin/whatever -Dstartsh=whatever' - -shar (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -sharpbang (spitshell.U): - This variable contains the string #! if this system supports that - construct. - -shmattype (d_shmat.U): - This symbol contains the type of pointer returned by shmat(). - It can be 'void *' or 'char *'. - -shortsize (intsize.U): - This variable contains the value of the SHORTSIZE symbol which - indicates to the C program how many bytes there are in a short. - -shrpenv (libperl.U): - If the user builds a shared libperl.so, then we need to tell the - 'perl' executable where it will be able to find the installed libperl.so. - One way to do this on some systems is to set the environment variable - LD_RUN_PATH to the directory that will be the final location of the - shared libperl.so. The makefile can use this with something like - $shrpenv $(CC) -o perl perlmain.o $libperl $libs - Typical values are - shrpenv="env LD_RUN_PATH=$archlibexp/CORE" - or - shrpenv='' - See the main perl Makefile.SH for actual working usage. - Alternatively, we might be able to use a command line option such - as -R $archlibexp/CORE (Solaris, NetBSD) or -Wl,-rpath - $archlibexp/CORE (Linux). - -shsharp (spitshell.U): - This variable tells further Configure units whether your sh can - handle # comments. - -sig_count (sig_name.U): - This variable holds a number larger than the largest valid - signal number. This is usually the same as the NSIG macro. - -sig_name (sig_name.U): - This variable holds the signal names, space separated. The leading - SIG in signal name is removed. A ZERO is prepended to the - list. This is currently not used. - -sig_name_init (sig_name.U): - This variable holds the signal names, enclosed in double quotes and - separated by commas, suitable for use in the SIG_NAME definition - below. A "ZERO" is prepended to the list, and the list is - terminated with a plain 0. The leading SIG in signal names - is removed. See sig_num. - -sig_num (sig_name.U): - This variable holds the signal numbers, space separated. A ZERO is - prepended to the list (corresponding to the fake SIGZERO), and - the list is terminated with a 0. Those numbers correspond to - the value of the signal listed in the same place within the - sig_name list. - -sig_num_init (sig_name.U): - This variable holds the signal numbers, enclosed in double quotes and - separated by commas, suitable for use in the SIG_NUM definition - below. A "ZERO" is prepended to the list, and the list is - terminated with a plain 0. - -sig_size (sig_name.U): - This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name - and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. - -signal_t (d_voidsig.U): - This variable holds the type of the signal handler (void or int). - -sitearch (sitearch.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the SITEARCH symbol, - which is the name of the private library for this package. It may - have a ~ on the front. It is up to the makefile to eventually create - this directory while performing installation (with ~ substitution). - The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - MakeMaker Makefile.PL - or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - -sitearchexp (sitearch.U): - This variable is the ~name expanded version of sitearch, so that you - may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. - -sitebin (sitebin.U): - This variable holds the name of the directory in which the user wants - to put add-on publicly executable files for the package in question. It - is most often a local directory such as /usr/local/bin. Programs using - this variable must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - executables in this directory with - MakeMaker Makefile.PL - or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - -sitebinexp (sitebin.U): - This is the same as the sitebin variable, but is filename expanded at - configuration time, for use in your makefiles. - -sitelib (sitelib.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the SITELIB symbol, - which is the name of the private library for this package. It may - have a ~ on the front. It is up to the makefile to eventually create - this directory while performing installation (with ~ substitution). - The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - architecture-independent modules in this directory with - MakeMaker Makefile.PL - or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - -sitelib_stem (sitelib.U): - This variable is $sitelibexp with any trailing version-specific component - removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - -sitelibexp (sitelib.U): - This variable is the ~name expanded version of sitelib, so that you - may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. - -siteprefix (siteprefix.U): - This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below - which the user will install add-on packages. - See INSTALL for usage and examples. - -siteprefixexp (siteprefix.U): - This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below - which the user will install add-on packages. Derived from siteprefix. - -sizesize (sizesize.U): - This variable contains the size of a sizetype in bytes. - -sizetype (sizetype.U): - This variable defines sizetype to be something like size_t, - unsigned long, or whatever type is used to declare length - parameters for string functions. - -sleep (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -smail (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -so (so.U): - This variable holds the extension used to identify shared libraries - (also known as shared objects) on the system. Usually set to 'so'. - -sockethdr (d_socket.U): - This variable has any cpp '-I' flags needed for socket support. - -socketlib (d_socket.U): - This variable has the names of any libraries needed for socket support. - -socksizetype (socksizetype.U): - This variable holds the type used for the size argument - for various socket calls like accept. Usual values include - socklen_t, size_t, and int. - -sort (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the sort program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "sort" and is not useful. - -spackage (package.U): - This variable contains the name of the package being constructed, - with the first letter uppercased, i.e. suitable for starting - sentences. - -spitshell (spitshell.U): - This variable contains the command necessary to spit out a runnable - shell on this system. It is either cat or a grep '-v' for # comments. - -sPRId64 (quadfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format 64-bit decimal numbers (format 'd') for output. - -sPRIeldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format long doubles (format 'e') for output. - -sPRIEUldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format long doubles (format 'E') for output. - The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIeldbl so that even - case-blind systems can see the difference. - -sPRIfldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - -sPRIFUldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format long doubles (format 'F') for output. - The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIfldbl so that even - case-blind systems can see the difference. - -sPRIgldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - -sPRIGUldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format long doubles (format 'G') for output. - The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIgldbl so that even - case-blind systems can see the difference. - -sPRIi64 (quadfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format 64-bit decimal numbers (format 'i') for output. - -sPRIo64 (quadfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format 64-bit octal numbers (format 'o') for output. - -sPRIu64 (quadfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format 64-bit unsigned decimal numbers (format 'u') for output. - -sPRIx64 (quadfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format 64-bit hexadecimal numbers (format 'x') for output. - -sPRIXU64 (quadfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format 64-bit hExADECimAl numbers (format 'X') for output. - The 'U' in the name is to separate this from sPRIx64 so that even - case-blind systems can see the difference. - -src (src.U): - This variable holds the path to the package source. It is up to - the Makefile to use this variable and set VPATH accordingly to - find the sources remotely. - -sSCNfldbl (longdblfio.U): - This variable, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - format long doubles (format 'f') for input. - -ssizetype (ssizetype.U): - This variable defines ssizetype to be something like ssize_t, - long or int. It is used by functions that return a count - of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - -startperl (startperl.U): - This variable contains the string to put on the front of a perl - script to make sure (hopefully) that it runs with perl and not some - shell. Of course, that leading line must be followed by the classical - perl idiom: - eval 'exec perl -S $0 ${1+"$@"}' - if $running_under_some_shell; - to guarantee perl startup should the shell execute the script. Note - that this magic incatation is not understood by csh. - -startsh (startsh.U): - This variable contains the string to put on the front of a shell - script to make sure (hopefully) that it runs with sh and not some - other shell. - -static_ext (Extensions.U): - This variable holds a list of XS extension files we want to - link statically into the package. It is used by Makefile. - -stdchar (stdchar.U): - This variable conditionally defines STDCHAR to be the type of char - used in stdio.h. It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - -stdio_base (d_stdstdio.U): - This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to access the - _base field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will - be used to define the macro FILE_base(fp). - -stdio_bufsiz (d_stdstdio.U): - This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to determine - the number of bytes store in the I/O buffer pointer to by the - _base field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will - be used to define the macro FILE_bufsiz(fp). - -stdio_cnt (d_stdstdio.U): - This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to access the - _cnt field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will - be used to define the macro FILE_cnt(fp). - -stdio_filbuf (d_stdstdio.U): - This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to tell - stdio to refill it's internal buffers (?). This will - be used to define the macro FILE_filbuf(fp). - -stdio_ptr (d_stdstdio.U): - This variable defines how, given a FILE pointer, fp, to access the - _ptr field (or equivalent) of stdio.h's FILE structure. This will - be used to define the macro FILE_ptr(fp). - -stdio_stream_array (stdio_streams.U): - This variable tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. - Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. - -strings (i_string.U): - This variable holds the full path of the string header that will be - used. Typically /usr/include/string.h or /usr/include/strings.h. - -submit (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -subversion (patchlevel.U): - The subversion level of this package. - The value of subversion comes from the patchlevel.h file. - In a version number such as 5.6.1, this is the "1". - In patchlevel.h, this is referred to as "PERL_SUBVERSION". - This is unique to perl. - -sysman (sysman.U): - This variable holds the place where the manual is located on this - system. It is not the place where the user wants to put his manual - pages. Rather it is the place where Configure may look to find manual - for unix commands (section 1 of the manual usually). See mansrc. - -tail (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -tar (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -tbl (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -tee (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -test (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the test program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "test" and is not useful. - -timeincl (i_time.U): - This variable holds the full path of the included time header(s). - -timetype (d_time.U): - This variable holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be - included). Anyway, the type Time_t should be used. - -touch (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the touch program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "touch" and is not useful. - -tr (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the tr program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "tr" and is not useful. - -trnl (trnl.U): - This variable contains the value to be passed to the tr(1) - command to transliterate a newline. Typical values are - '\012' and '\n'. This is needed for EBCDIC systems where - newline is not necessarily '\012'. - -troff (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -u16size (perlxv.U): - This variable is the size of an U16 in bytes. - -u16type (perlxv.U): - This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U16. - -u32size (perlxv.U): - This variable is the size of an U32 in bytes. - -u32type (perlxv.U): - This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U32. - -u64size (perlxv.U): - This variable is the size of an U64 in bytes. - -u64type (perlxv.U): - This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U64. - -u8size (perlxv.U): - This variable is the size of an U8 in bytes. - -u8type (perlxv.U): - This variable contains the C type used for Perl's U8. - -uidformat (uidf.U): - This variable contains the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - -uidsign (uidsign.U): - This variable contains the signedness of a uidtype. - 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - -uidsize (uidsize.U): - This variable contains the size of a uidtype in bytes. - -uidtype (uidtype.U): - This variable defines Uid_t to be something like uid_t, int, - ushort, or whatever type is used to declare user ids in the kernel. - -uname (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the uname program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "uname" and is not useful. - -uniq (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the uniq program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "uniq" and is not useful. - -uquadtype (quadtype.U): - This variable defines Uquad_t to be something like unsigned long, - unsigned int, unsigned long long, uint64_t, or whatever type is - used for 64-bit integers. - -use5005threads (usethreads.U): - This variable conditionally defines the USE_5005THREADS symbol, - and indicates that Perl should be built to use the 5.005-based - threading implementation. - -use64bitall (use64bits.U): - This variable conditionally defines the USE_64_BIT_ALL symbol, - and indicates that 64-bit integer types should be used - when available. The maximal possible - 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will - be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is - even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not - be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or - you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. - -use64bitint (use64bits.U): - This variable conditionally defines the USE_64_BIT_INT symbol, - and indicates that 64-bit integer types should be used - when available. The minimal possible 64-bitness - is employed, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. - This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory - may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. - -usedl (dlsrc.U): - This variable indicates if the system supports dynamic - loading of some sort. See also dlsrc and dlobj. - -useithreads (usethreads.U): - This variable conditionally defines the USE_ITHREADS symbol, - and indicates that Perl should be built to use the interpreter-based - threading implementation. - -uselargefiles (uselfs.U): - This variable conditionally defines the USE_LARGE_FILES symbol, - and indicates that large file interfaces should be used when - available. - -uselongdouble (uselongdbl.U): - This variable conditionally defines the USE_LONG_DOUBLE symbol, - and indicates that long doubles should be used when available. - -usemorebits (usemorebits.U): - This variable conditionally defines the USE_MORE_BITS symbol, - and indicates that explicit 64-bit interfaces and long doubles - should be used when available. - -usemultiplicity (usemultiplicity.U): - This variable conditionally defines the MULTIPLICITY symbol, - and indicates that Perl should be built to use multiplicity. - -usemymalloc (mallocsrc.U): - This variable contains y if the malloc that comes with this package - is desired over the system's version of malloc. People often include - special versions of malloc for effiency, but such versions are often - less portable. See also mallocsrc and mallocobj. - If this is 'y', then -lmalloc is removed from $libs. - -usenm (usenm.U): - This variable contains 'true' or 'false' depending whether the - nm extraction is wanted or not. - -useopcode (Extensions.U): - This variable holds either 'true' or 'false' to indicate - whether the Opcode extension should be used. The sole - use for this currently is to allow an easy mechanism - for users to skip the Opcode extension from the Configure - command line. - -useperlio (useperlio.U): - This variable conditionally defines the USE_PERLIO symbol, - and indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should be - used throughout. - -useposix (Extensions.U): - This variable holds either 'true' or 'false' to indicate - whether the POSIX extension should be used. The sole - use for this currently is to allow an easy mechanism - for hints files to indicate that POSIX will not compile - on a particular system. - -usesfio (d_sfio.U): - This variable is set to true when the user agrees to use sfio. - It is set to false when sfio is not available or when the user - explicitely requests not to use sfio. It is here primarily so - that command-line settings can override the auto-detection of - d_sfio without running into a "WHOA THERE". - -useshrplib (libperl.U): - This variable is set to 'yes' if the user wishes - to build a shared libperl, and 'no' otherwise. - -usesocks (usesocks.U): - This variable conditionally defines the USE_SOCKS symbol, - and indicates that Perl should be built to use SOCKS. - -usethreads (usethreads.U): - This variable conditionally defines the USE_THREADS symbol, - and indicates that Perl should be built to use threads. - -usevendorprefix (vendorprefix.U): - This variable tells whether the vendorprefix - and consequently other vendor* paths are in use. - -usevfork (d_vfork.U): - This variable is set to true when the user accepts to use vfork. - It is set to false when no vfork is available or when the user - explicitely requests not to use vfork. - -usrinc (usrinc.U): - This variable holds the path of the include files, which is - usually /usr/include. It is mainly used by other Configure units. - -uuname (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -uvoformat (perlxvf.U): - This variable contains the format string used for printing - a Perl UV as an unsigned octal integer. - -uvsize (perlxv.U): - This variable is the size of a UV in bytes. - -uvtype (perlxv.U): - This variable contains the C type used for Perl's UV. - -uvuformat (perlxvf.U): - This variable contains the format string used for printing - a Perl UV as an unsigned decimal integer. - -uvxformat (perlxvf.U): - This variable contains the format string used for printing - a Perl UV as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. - -uvXUformat (perlxvf.U): - This variable contains the format string used for printing - a Perl UV as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. - -vendorarch (vendorarch.U): - This variable contains the value of the PERL_VENDORARCH symbol. - It may have a ~ on the front. - The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - -vendorarchexp (vendorarch.U): - This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorarch, so that you - may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. - -vendorbin (vendorbin.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the VENDORBIN symbol. - It may have a ~ on the front. - The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place additional - binaries in this directory with - MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - -vendorbinexp (vendorbin.U): - This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorbin, so that you - may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. - -vendorlib (vendorlib.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the VENDORLIB symbol, - which is the name of the private library for this package. - The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - modules in this directory with - MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - -vendorlib_stem (vendorlib.U): - This variable is $vendorlibexp with any trailing version-specific component - removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - -vendorlibexp (vendorlib.U): - This variable is the ~name expanded version of vendorlib, so that you - may use it directly in Makefiles or shell scripts. - -vendorprefix (vendorprefix.U): - This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below - which the vendor will install add-on packages. - See INSTALL for usage and examples. - -vendorprefixexp (vendorprefix.U): - This variable holds the full absolute path of the directory below - which the vendor will install add-on packages. Derived from vendorprefix. - -version (patchlevel.U): - The full version number of this package, such as 5.6.1 (or 5_6_1). - This combines revision, patchlevel, and subversion to get the - full version number, including any possible subversions. - This is suitable for use as a directory name, and hence is - filesystem dependent. - -versiononly (versiononly.U): - If set, this symbol indicates that only the version-specific - components of a perl installation should be installed. - This may be useful for making a test installation of a new - version without disturbing the existing installation. - Setting versiononly is equivalent to setting installperl's -v option. - In particular, the non-versioned scripts and programs such as - a2p, c2ph, h2xs, pod2*, and perldoc are not installed - (see INSTALL for a more complete list). Nor are the man - pages installed. - Usually, this is undef. - -vi (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -voidflags (voidflags.U): - This variable contains the eventual value of the VOIDFLAGS symbol, - which indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - compiler. See VOIDFLAGS for more info. - -xlibpth (libpth.U): - This variable holds extra path (space-separated) used to find - libraries on this platform, for example CPU-specific libraries - (on multi-CPU platforms) may be listed here. - -xs_apiversion (xs_apiversion.U): - This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary - compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and - lib/lib.pm will automatically search in $sitearch for older - directories across major versions back to xs_apiversion. - This is only useful if you have a perl library directory tree - structured like the default one. - See INSTALL for how this works. - The versioned site_perl directory was introduced in 5.005, - so that is the lowest possible value. - Since this can depend on compile time options (such as - bincompat) it is set by Configure. Other non-default sources - of potential incompatibility, such as multiplicity, threads, - debugging, 64bits, sfio, etc., are not checked for currently, - though in principle we could go snooping around in old - Config.pm files. - -zcat (Loc.U): - This variable is defined but not used by Configure. - The value is a plain '' and is not useful. - -zip (Loc.U): - This variable is used internally by Configure to determine the - full pathname (if any) of the zip program. After Configure runs, - the value is reset to a plain "zip" and is not useful. - diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/config.sh b/contrib/perl5/Porting/config.sh deleted file mode 100644 index 297a3e2..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/config.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,839 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# -# This file was produced by running the Configure script. It holds all the -# definitions figured out by Configure. Should you modify one of these values, -# do not forget to propagate your changes by running "Configure -der". You may -# instead choose to run each of the .SH files by yourself, or "Configure -S". -# - -# Package name : perl5 -# Source directory : . -# Configuration time: Sat Mar 3 01:13:55 EET 2001 -# Configured by : jhi -# Target system : osf1 alpha.hut.fi v4.0 878 alpha - -Author='' -Date='$Date' -Header='' -Id='$Id' -Locker='' -Log='$Log' -Mcc='Mcc' -RCSfile='$RCSfile' -Revision='$Revision' -Source='' -State='' -_a='.a' -_exe='' -_o='.o' -afs='false' -alignbytes='8' -ansi2knr='' -aphostname='' -api_revision='5' -api_subversion='0' -api_version='5' -api_versionstring='5.005' -ar='ar' -archlib='/opt/perl/lib/5.6.1/alpha-dec_osf-thread' -archlibexp='/opt/perl/lib/5.6.1/alpha-dec_osf-thread' -archname64='' -archname='alpha-dec_osf-thread' -archobjs='' -awk='awk' -baserev='5.0' -bash='' -bin='/opt/perl/bin' -bincompat5005='undef' -binexp='/opt/perl/bin' -bison='bison' -byacc='byacc' -byteorder='12345678' -c='\c' -castflags='0' -cat='cat' -cc='cc' -cccdlflags=' ' -ccdlflags=' -Wl,-rpath,/opt/perl/lib/5.6.1/alpha-dec_osf-thread/CORE' -ccflags='-pthread -std -DLANGUAGE_C' -ccflags_uselargefiles='' -ccname='cc' -ccsymbols='__alpha=1 __LANGUAGE_C__=1 __osf__=1 __unix__=1 _LONGLONG=1 _SYSTYPE_BSD=1 SYSTYPE_BSD=1 unix=1' -ccversion='V5.6-082' -cf_by='jhi' -cf_email='yourname@yourhost.yourplace.com' -cf_time='Sat Mar 3 01:13:55 EET 2001' -charsize='1' -chgrp='' -chmod='' -chown='' -clocktype='clock_t' -comm='comm' -compress='' -contains='grep' -cp='cp' -cpio='' -cpp='cpp' -cpp_stuff='42' -cppccsymbols='LANGUAGE_C=1' -cppflags='-pthread -std -DLANGUAGE_C' -cpplast='' -cppminus='' -cpprun='/usr/bin/cpp' -cppstdin='cppstdin' -cppsymbols='_AES_SOURCE=1 __alpha=1 __ALPHA=1 _ANSI_C_SOURCE=1 __LANGUAGE_C__=1 _LONGLONG=1 __osf__=1 _OSF_SOURCE=1 _POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506 _POSIX_SOURCE=1 _REENTRANT=1 __STDC__=1 _SYSTYPE_BSD=1 __unix__=1 _XOPEN_SOURCE=1' -crosscompile='undef' -cryptlib='' -csh='csh' -d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' -d_PRIEUldbl='define' -d_PRIFUldbl='define' -d_PRIGUldbl='define' -d_PRIXU64='define' -d_PRId64='define' -d_PRIeldbl='define' -d_PRIfldbl='define' -d_PRIgldbl='define' -d_PRIi64='define' -d_PRIo64='define' -d_PRIu64='define' -d_PRIx64='define' -d_SCNfldbl='define' -d__fwalk='undef' -d_access='define' -d_accessx='undef' -d_alarm='define' -d_archlib='define' -d_atolf='undef' -d_atoll='undef' -d_attribut='undef' -d_bcmp='define' -d_bcopy='define' -d_bincompat5005='undef' -d_bsd='undef' -d_bsdgetpgrp='undef' -d_bsdsetpgrp='define' -d_bzero='define' -d_casti32='undef' -d_castneg='define' -d_charvspr='undef' -d_chown='define' -d_chroot='define' -d_chsize='undef' -d_closedir='define' -d_const='define' -d_crypt='define' -d_csh='define' -d_cuserid='define' -d_dbl_dig='define' -d_difftime='define' -d_dirnamlen='define' -d_dlerror='define' -d_dlopen='define' -d_dlsymun='undef' -d_dosuid='undef' -d_drand48proto='define' -d_dup2='define' -d_eaccess='undef' -d_endgrent='define' -d_endhent='define' -d_endnent='define' -d_endpent='define' -d_endpwent='define' -d_endsent='define' -d_eofnblk='define' -d_eunice='undef' -d_fchmod='define' -d_fchown='define' -d_fcntl='define' -d_fcntl_can_lock='define' -d_fd_macros='define' -d_fd_set='define' -d_fds_bits='define' -d_fgetpos='define' -d_flexfnam='define' -d_flock='define' -d_fork='define' -d_fpathconf='define' -d_fpos64_t='undef' -d_frexpl='define' -d_fs_data_s='undef' -d_fseeko='undef' -d_fsetpos='define' -d_fstatfs='define' -d_fstatvfs='define' -d_fsync='define' -d_ftello='undef' -d_ftime='undef' -d_getcwd='define' -d_getespwnam='undef' -d_getfsstat='define' -d_getgrent='define' -d_getgrps='define' -d_gethbyaddr='define' -d_gethbyname='define' -d_gethent='define' -d_gethname='define' -d_gethostprotos='define' -d_getlogin='define' -d_getmnt='undef' -d_getmntent='undef' -d_getnbyaddr='define' -d_getnbyname='define' -d_getnent='define' -d_getnetprotos='define' -d_getpagsz='define' -d_getpbyname='define' -d_getpbynumber='define' -d_getpent='define' -d_getpgid='define' -d_getpgrp2='undef' -d_getpgrp='define' -d_getppid='define' -d_getprior='define' -d_getprotoprotos='define' -d_getprpwnam='undef' -d_getpwent='define' -d_getsbyname='define' -d_getsbyport='define' -d_getsent='define' -d_getservprotos='define' -d_getspnam='undef' -d_gettimeod='define' -d_gnulibc='undef' -d_grpasswd='define' -d_hasmntopt='undef' -d_htonl='define' -d_iconv='define' -d_index='undef' -d_inetaton='define' -d_int64_t='undef' -d_isascii='define' -d_isnan='define' -d_isnanl='define' -d_killpg='define' -d_lchown='define' -d_ldbl_dig='define' -d_link='define' -d_locconv='define' -d_lockf='define' -d_longdbl='define' -d_longlong='define' -d_lseekproto='define' -d_lstat='define' -d_madvise='define' -d_mblen='define' -d_mbstowcs='define' -d_mbtowc='define' -d_memchr='define' -d_memcmp='define' -d_memcpy='define' -d_memmove='define' -d_memset='define' -d_mkdir='define' -d_mkdtemp='undef' -d_mkfifo='define' -d_mkstemp='define' -d_mkstemps='undef' -d_mktime='define' -d_mmap='define' -d_modfl='define' -d_mprotect='define' -d_msg='define' -d_msg_ctrunc='define' -d_msg_dontroute='define' -d_msg_oob='define' -d_msg_peek='define' -d_msg_proxy='undef' -d_msgctl='define' -d_msgget='define' -d_msgrcv='define' -d_msgsnd='define' -d_msync='define' -d_munmap='define' -d_mymalloc='undef' -d_nice='define' -d_nv_preserves_uv='undef' -d_nv_preserves_uv_bits='53' -d_off64_t='undef' -d_old_pthread_create_joinable='undef' -d_oldpthreads='undef' -d_oldsock='undef' -d_open3='define' -d_pathconf='define' -d_pause='define' -d_perl_otherlibdirs='undef' -d_phostname='undef' -d_pipe='define' -d_poll='define' -d_portable='define' -d_pthread_yield='undef' -d_pwage='undef' -d_pwchange='undef' -d_pwclass='undef' -d_pwcomment='define' -d_pwexpire='undef' -d_pwgecos='define' -d_pwpasswd='define' -d_pwquota='define' -d_qgcvt='undef' -d_quad='define' -d_readdir='define' -d_readlink='define' -d_rename='define' -d_rewinddir='define' -d_rmdir='define' -d_safebcpy='define' -d_safemcpy='undef' -d_sanemcmp='define' -d_sbrkproto='define' -d_sched_yield='define' -d_scm_rights='define' -d_seekdir='define' -d_select='define' -d_sem='define' -d_semctl='define' -d_semctl_semid_ds='define' -d_semctl_semun='define' -d_semget='define' -d_semop='define' -d_setegid='define' -d_seteuid='define' -d_setgrent='define' -d_setgrps='define' -d_sethent='define' -d_setlinebuf='define' -d_setlocale='define' -d_setnent='define' -d_setpent='define' -d_setpgid='define' -d_setpgrp2='undef' -d_setpgrp='define' -d_setprior='define' -d_setproctitle='undef' -d_setpwent='define' -d_setregid='define' -d_setresgid='undef' -d_setresuid='undef' -d_setreuid='define' -d_setrgid='define' -d_setruid='define' -d_setsent='define' -d_setsid='define' -d_setvbuf='define' -d_sfio='undef' -d_shm='define' -d_shmat='define' -d_shmatprototype='define' -d_shmctl='define' -d_shmdt='define' -d_shmget='define' -d_sigaction='define' -d_sigsetjmp='define' -d_socket='define' -d_socklen_t='undef' -d_sockpair='define' -d_socks5_init='undef' -d_sqrtl='define' -d_statblks='define' -d_statfs_f_flags='define' -d_statfs_s='define' -d_statvfs='define' -d_stdio_cnt_lval='define' -d_stdio_ptr_lval='define' -d_stdio_ptr_lval_nochange_cnt='define' -d_stdio_ptr_lval_sets_cnt='undef' -d_stdio_stream_array='define' -d_stdiobase='define' -d_stdstdio='define' -d_strchr='define' -d_strcoll='define' -d_strctcpy='define' -d_strerrm='strerror(e)' -d_strerror='define' -d_strtod='define' -d_strtol='define' -d_strtold='undef' -d_strtoll='undef' -d_strtoul='define' -d_strtoull='undef' -d_strtouq='undef' -d_strxfrm='define' -d_suidsafe='undef' -d_symlink='define' -d_syscall='define' -d_sysconf='define' -d_sysernlst='' -d_syserrlst='define' -d_system='define' -d_tcgetpgrp='define' -d_tcsetpgrp='define' -d_telldir='define' -d_telldirproto='define' -d_time='define' -d_times='define' -d_truncate='define' -d_tzname='define' -d_umask='define' -d_uname='define' -d_union_semun='undef' -d_ustat='define' -d_vendorarch='undef' -d_vendorbin='undef' -d_vendorlib='undef' -d_vfork='undef' -d_void_closedir='undef' -d_voidsig='define' -d_voidtty='' -d_volatile='define' -d_vprintf='define' -d_wait4='define' -d_waitpid='define' -d_wcstombs='define' -d_wctomb='define' -d_xenix='undef' -date='date' -db_hashtype='u_int32_t' -db_prefixtype='size_t' -defvoidused='15' -direntrytype='struct dirent' -dlext='so' -dlsrc='dl_dlopen.xs' -doublesize='8' -drand01='drand48()' -dynamic_ext='B ByteLoader DB_File Data/Dumper Devel/DProf Devel/Peek Fcntl File/Glob IO IPC/SysV NDBM_File ODBM_File Opcode POSIX SDBM_File Socket Sys/Hostname Sys/Syslog Thread attrs re' -eagain='EAGAIN' -ebcdic='undef' -echo='echo' -egrep='egrep' -emacs='' -eunicefix=':' -exe_ext='' -expr='expr' -extensions='B ByteLoader DB_File Data/Dumper Devel/DProf Devel/Peek Fcntl File/Glob IO IPC/SysV NDBM_File ODBM_File Opcode POSIX SDBM_File Socket Sys/Hostname Sys/Syslog Thread attrs re Errno' -fflushNULL='define' -fflushall='undef' -find='' -firstmakefile='makefile' -flex='' -fpossize='8' -fpostype='fpos_t' -freetype='void' -full_ar='/usr/bin/ar' -full_csh='/usr/bin/csh' -full_sed='/usr/bin/sed' -gccosandvers='' -gccversion='' -gidformat='"u"' -gidsign='1' -gidsize='4' -gidtype='gid_t' -glibpth='/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib' -grep='grep' -groupcat='cat /etc/group' -groupstype='gid_t' -gzip='gzip' -h_fcntl='false' -h_sysfile='true' -hint='recommended' -hostcat='cat /etc/hosts' -i16size='2' -i16type='short' -i32size='4' -i32type='int' -i64size='8' -i64type='long' -i8size='1' -i8type='char' -i_arpainet='define' -i_bsdioctl='' -i_db='define' -i_dbm='define' -i_dirent='define' -i_dld='undef' -i_dlfcn='define' -i_fcntl='undef' -i_float='define' -i_gdbm='undef' -i_grp='define' -i_iconv='define' -i_ieeefp='undef' -i_inttypes='undef' -i_libutil='undef' -i_limits='define' -i_locale='define' -i_machcthr='undef' -i_malloc='define' -i_math='define' -i_memory='undef' -i_mntent='undef' -i_ndbm='define' -i_netdb='define' -i_neterrno='undef' -i_netinettcp='define' -i_niin='define' -i_poll='define' -i_prot='define' -i_pthread='define' -i_pwd='define' -i_rpcsvcdbm='undef' -i_sfio='undef' -i_sgtty='undef' -i_shadow='undef' -i_socks='undef' -i_stdarg='define' -i_stddef='define' -i_stdlib='define' -i_string='define' -i_sunmath='undef' -i_sysaccess='define' -i_sysdir='define' -i_sysfile='define' -i_sysfilio='undef' -i_sysin='undef' -i_sysioctl='define' -i_syslog='define' -i_sysmman='define' -i_sysmode='define' -i_sysmount='define' -i_sysndir='undef' -i_sysparam='define' -i_sysresrc='define' -i_syssecrt='define' -i_sysselct='define' -i_syssockio='' -i_sysstat='define' -i_sysstatfs='undef' -i_sysstatvfs='define' -i_systime='define' -i_systimek='undef' -i_systimes='define' -i_systypes='define' -i_sysuio='define' -i_sysun='define' -i_sysutsname='define' -i_sysvfs='undef' -i_syswait='define' -i_termio='undef' -i_termios='define' -i_time='undef' -i_unistd='define' -i_ustat='define' -i_utime='define' -i_values='define' -i_varargs='undef' -i_varhdr='stdarg.h' -i_vfork='undef' -ignore_versioned_solibs='' -inc_version_list=' ' -inc_version_list_init='0' -incpath='' -inews='' -installarchlib='/opt/perl/lib/5.6.1/alpha-dec_osf-thread' -installbin='/opt/perl/bin' -installman1dir='/opt/perl/man/man1' -installman3dir='/opt/perl/man/man3' -installprefix='/opt/perl' -installprefixexp='/opt/perl' -installprivlib='/opt/perl/lib/5.6.1' -installscript='/opt/perl/bin' -installsitearch='/opt/perl/lib/site_perl/5.6.1/alpha-dec_osf-thread' -installsitebin='/opt/perl/bin' -installsitelib='/opt/perl/lib/site_perl/5.6.1' -installstyle='lib' -installusrbinperl='define' -installvendorarch='' -installvendorbin='' -installvendorlib='' -intsize='4' -issymlink='-h' -ivdformat='"ld"' -ivsize='8' -ivtype='long' -known_extensions='B ByteLoader DB_File Data/Dumper Devel/DProf Devel/Peek Fcntl File/Glob GDBM_File IO IPC/SysV NDBM_File ODBM_File Opcode POSIX SDBM_File Socket Sys/Hostname Sys/Syslog Thread attrs re' -ksh='' -ld='ld' -lddlflags='-shared -expect_unresolved "*" -msym -std -s' -ldflags='' -ldflags_uselargefiles='' -ldlibpthname='LD_LIBRARY_PATH' -less='less' -lib_ext='.a' -libc='/usr/shlib/libc.so' -libperl='libperl.so' -libpth='/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /var/shlib' -libs='-lgdbm -ldbm -ldb -lm -liconv -lutil -lpthread -lexc' -libsdirs=' /usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib' -libsfiles=' libgdbm.so libdbm.a libdb.so libm.so libiconv.so libutil.a libpthread.so libexc.so' -libsfound=' /usr/shlib/libgdbm.so /usr/ccs/lib/libdbm.a /usr/shlib/libdb.so /usr/shlib/libm.so /usr/shlib/libiconv.so /usr/ccs/lib/libutil.a /usr/shlib/libpthread.so /usr/shlib/libexc.so' -libspath=' /usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /var/shlib' -libswanted='sfio socket bind inet nsl nm gdbm dbm db malloc dld ld sun m cposix posix ndir dir crypt sec ucb BSD x iconv util pthread exc' -libswanted_uselargefiles='' -line='' -lint='' -lkflags='' -ln='ln' -lns='/usr/bin/ln -s' -locincpth='/usr/local/include /opt/local/include /usr/gnu/include /opt/gnu/include /usr/GNU/include /opt/GNU/include' -loclibpth='/usr/local/lib /opt/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /opt/gnu/lib /usr/GNU/lib /opt/GNU/lib' -longdblsize='8' -longlongsize='8' -longsize='8' -lp='' -lpr='' -ls='ls' -lseeksize='8' -lseektype='off_t' -mail='' -mailx='' -make='make' -make_set_make='#' -mallocobj='' -mallocsrc='' -malloctype='void *' -man1dir='/opt/perl/man/man1' -man1direxp='/opt/perl/man/man1' -man1ext='1' -man3dir='/opt/perl/man/man3' -man3direxp='/opt/perl/man/man3' -man3ext='3' -mips_type='' -mkdir='mkdir' -mmaptype='void *' -modetype='mode_t' -more='more' -multiarch='undef' -mv='' -myarchname='alpha-dec_osf' -mydomain='.yourplace.com' -myhostname='yourhost' -myuname='osf1 alpha.hut.fi v4.0 878 alpha ' -n='' -netdb_hlen_type='int' -netdb_host_type='const char *' -netdb_name_type='const char *' -netdb_net_type='int' -nm='nm' -nm_opt='-p' -nm_so_opt='' -nonxs_ext='Errno' -nroff='nroff' -nvEUformat='"E"' -nvFUformat='"F"' -nvGUformat='"G"' -nveformat='"e"' -nvfformat='"f"' -nvgformat='"g"' -nvsize='8' -nvtype='double' -o_nonblock='O_NONBLOCK' -obj_ext='.o' -old_pthread_create_joinable='' -optimize='-O' -orderlib='false' -osname='dec_osf' -osvers='4.0' -otherlibdirs=' ' -package='perl5' -pager='/c/bin/less' -passcat='cat /etc/passwd' -patchlevel='6' -path_sep=':' -perl5='/u/vieraat/vieraat/jhi/Perl/bin/perl' -perl='' -perladmin='yourname@yourhost.yourplace.com' -perllibs='-lm -liconv -lutil -lpthread -lexc' -perlpath='/opt/perl/bin/perl' -pg='pg' -phostname='' -pidtype='pid_t' -plibpth='' -pm_apiversion='5.005' -pmake='' -pr='' -prefix='/opt/perl' -prefixexp='/opt/perl' -privlib='/opt/perl/lib/5.6.1' -privlibexp='/opt/perl/lib/5.6.1' -prototype='define' -ptrsize='8' -quadkind='2' -quadtype='long' -randbits='48' -randfunc='drand48' -randseedtype='long' -ranlib=':' -rd_nodata='-1' -revision='5' -rm='rm' -rmail='' -runnm='true' -sPRIEUldbl='"E"' -sPRIFUldbl='"F"' -sPRIGUldbl='"G"' -sPRIXU64='"lX"' -sPRId64='"ld"' -sPRIeldbl='"e"' -sPRIfldbl='"f"' -sPRIgldbl='"g"' -sPRIi64='"li"' -sPRIo64='"lo"' -sPRIu64='"lu"' -sPRIx64='"lx"' -sSCNfldbl='"f"' -sched_yield='sched_yield()' -scriptdir='/opt/perl/bin' -scriptdirexp='/opt/perl/bin' -sed='sed' -seedfunc='srand48' -selectminbits='32' -selecttype='fd_set *' -sendmail='' -sh='/bin/sh' -shar='' -sharpbang='#!' -shmattype='void *' -shortsize='2' -shrpenv='' -shsharp='true' -sig_count='49' -sig_name='ZERO HUP INT QUIT ILL TRAP ABRT EMT FPE KILL BUS SEGV SYS PIPE ALRM TERM IOINT STOP TSTP CONT CHLD TTIN TTOU AIO XCPU XFSZ VTALRM PROF WINCH INFO USR1 USR2 RESV RTMIN NUM34 NUM35 NUM36 NUM37 NUM38 NUM39 NUM40 NUM41 NUM42 NUM43 NUM44 NUM45 NUM46 NUM47 MAX IOT LOST URG CLD IO POLL PTY PWR RTMAX ' -sig_name_init='"ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "TRAP", "ABRT", "EMT", "FPE", "KILL", "BUS", "SEGV", "SYS", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "IOINT", "STOP", "TSTP", "CONT", "CHLD", "TTIN", "TTOU", "AIO", "XCPU", "XFSZ", "VTALRM", "PROF", "WINCH", "INFO", "USR1", "USR2", "RESV", "RTMIN", "NUM34", "NUM35", "NUM36", "NUM37", "NUM38", "NUM39", "NUM40", "NUM41", "NUM42", "NUM43", "NUM44", "NUM45", "NUM46", "NUM47", "MAX", "IOT", "LOST", "URG", "CLD", "IO", "POLL", "PTY", "PWR", "RTMAX", 0' -sig_num='0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 6 6 16 20 23 23 23 29 48 ' -sig_num_init='0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 6, 6, 16, 20, 23, 23, 23, 29, 48, 0' -signal_t='void' -sitearch='/opt/perl/lib/site_perl/5.6.1/alpha-dec_osf-thread' -sitearchexp='/opt/perl/lib/site_perl/5.6.1/alpha-dec_osf-thread' -sitebin='/opt/perl/bin' -sitebinexp='/opt/perl/bin' -sitelib='/opt/perl/lib/site_perl/5.6.1' -sitelib_stem='/opt/perl/lib/site_perl' -sitelibexp='/opt/perl/lib/site_perl/5.6.1' -siteprefix='/opt/perl' -siteprefixexp='/opt/perl' -sizesize='8' -sizetype='size_t' -sleep='' -smail='' -so='so' -sockethdr='' -socketlib='' -socksizetype='int' -sort='sort' -spackage='Perl5' -spitshell='cat' -src='/m/fs/work/work/permanent/perl/pp4/maint-5.6/perl' -ssizetype='ssize_t' -startperl='#!/opt/perl/bin/perl' -startsh='#!/bin/sh' -static_ext=' ' -stdchar='unsigned char' -stdio_base='((fp)->_base)' -stdio_bufsiz='((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)' -stdio_cnt='((fp)->_cnt)' -stdio_filbuf='' -stdio_ptr='((fp)->_ptr)' -stdio_stream_array='_iob' -strings='/usr/include/string.h' -submit='' -subversion='1' -sysman='/usr/man/man1' -tail='' -tar='' -tbl='' -tee='' -test='test' -timeincl='/usr/include/sys/time.h ' -timetype='time_t' -touch='touch' -tr='tr' -trnl='\n' -troff='' -u16size='2' -u16type='unsigned short' -u32size='4' -u32type='unsigned int' -u64size='8' -u64type='unsigned long' -u8size='1' -u8type='unsigned char' -uidformat='"u"' -uidsign='1' -uidsize='4' -uidtype='uid_t' -uname='uname' -uniq='uniq' -uquadtype='unsigned long' -use5005threads='define' -use64bitall='define' -use64bitint='define' -usedl='define' -useithreads='undef' -uselargefiles='define' -uselongdouble='undef' -usemorebits='undef' -usemultiplicity='undef' -usemymalloc='n' -usenm='true' -useopcode='true' -useperlio='undef' -useposix='true' -usesfio='false' -useshrplib='true' -usesocks='undef' -usethreads='define' -usevendorprefix='undef' -usevfork='false' -usrinc='/usr/include' -uuname='' -uvXUformat='"lX"' -uvoformat='"lo"' -uvsize='8' -uvtype='unsigned long' -uvuformat='"lu"' -uvxformat='"lx"' -vendorarch='' -vendorarchexp='' -vendorbin='' -vendorbinexp='' -vendorlib='' -vendorlib_stem='' -vendorlibexp='' -vendorprefix='' -vendorprefixexp='' -version='5.6.1' -versiononly='undef' -vi='' -voidflags='15' -xlibpth='/usr/lib/386 /lib/386' -xs_apiversion='5.6.1' -yacc='/u/vieraat/vieraat/jhi/Perl/bin/byacc' -yaccflags='' -zcat='' -zip='zip' -# Configure command line arguments. -config_arg0='./Configure' -config_args='-Dprefix=/opt/perl -Doptimize=-O -Dusethreads -Duse5005threads -Duse64bitint -Duselargefiles -Dcf_by=yourname -Dcf_email=yourname@yourhost.yourplace.com -Dperladmin=yourname@yourhost.yourplace.com -Dmydomain=.yourplace.com -Dmyhostname=yourhost -dE -Dusedevel' -config_argc=13 -config_arg1='-Dprefix=/opt/perl' -config_arg2='-Doptimize=-O' -config_arg3='-Dusethreads' -config_arg4='-Duse5005threads' -config_arg5='-Duse64bitint' -config_arg6='-Duselargefiles' -config_arg7='-Dcf_by=yourname' -config_arg8='-Dcf_email=yourname@yourhost.yourplace.com' -config_arg9='-Dperladmin=yourname@yourhost.yourplace.com' -config_arg10='-Dmydomain=.yourplace.com' -config_arg11='-Dmyhostname=yourhost' -config_arg12='-dE' -config_arg13='-Dusedevel' -PERL_REVISION=5 -PERL_VERSION=6 -PERL_SUBVERSION=1 -PERL_API_REVISION=5 -PERL_API_VERSION=5 -PERL_API_SUBVERSION=0 -CONFIGDOTSH=true -# Variables propagated from previous config.sh file. -pp_sys_cflags='ccflags="$ccflags -DNO_EFF_ONLY_OK"' diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/config_H b/contrib/perl5/Porting/config_H deleted file mode 100644 index 311fd91..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/config_H +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3223 +0,0 @@ -/* This file (config_H) is a sample config.h file. If you are unable - to successfully run Configure, copy this file to config.h and - edit it to suit your system. -*/ -/* - * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which - * gets its values from config.sh, which is generally produced by - * running Configure. - * - * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however, - * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. - * For a more permanent change edit config.sh and rerun config_h.SH. - * - * $Id: Config_h.U,v 3.0.1.5 1997/02/28 14:57:43 ram Exp $ - */ - -/* - * Package name : perl5 - * Source directory : . - * Configuration time: Sat Mar 3 01:13:55 EET 2001 - * Configured by : jhi - * Target system : osf1 alpha.hut.fi v4.0 878 alpha - */ - -#ifndef _config_h_ -#define _config_h_ - -/* LOC_SED: - * This symbol holds the complete pathname to the sed program. - */ -#define LOC_SED "/usr/bin/sed" /**/ - -/* HAS_ALARM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the alarm routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_ALARM /**/ - -/* HASATTRIBUTE: - * This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, - * such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc. - */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE / **/ -#ifndef HASATTRIBUTE -#define __attribute__(_arg_) -#endif - -/* HAS_BCMP: - * This symbol is defined if the bcmp() routine is available to - * compare blocks of memory. - */ -#define HAS_BCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_BCOPY: - * This symbol is defined if the bcopy() routine is available to - * copy blocks of memory. - */ -#define HAS_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_BZERO: - * This symbol is defined if the bzero() routine is available to - * set a memory block to 0. - */ -#define HAS_BZERO /**/ - -/* HAS_CHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chown routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_CHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_CHROOT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chroot routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_CHROOT /**/ - -/* HAS_CHSIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chsize routine is available - * to truncate files. You might need a -lx to get this routine. - */ -/*#define HAS_CHSIZE / **/ - -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. - */ -#define HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif - -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. - */ -#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ - -/* HAS_CUSERID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the cuserid routine is - * available to get character login names. - */ -#define HAS_CUSERID /**/ - -/* HAS_DBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h> - * or <limits.h> defines the symbol DBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a double precision number. If this - * symbol is not defined, a guess of 15 is usually pretty good. - */ -#define HAS_DBL_DIG /* */ - -/* HAS_DIFFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_DIFFTIME /**/ - -/* HAS_DLERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dlerror routine is - * available to return a string describing the last error that - * occurred from a call to dlopen(), dlclose() or dlsym(). - */ -#define HAS_DLERROR /**/ - -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ -/*#define DOSUID / **/ - -/* HAS_DUP2: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is - * available to duplicate file descriptors. - */ -#define HAS_DUP2 /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHMOD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchmod routine is available - * to change mode of opened files. If unavailable, use chmod(). - */ -#define HAS_FCHMOD /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchown routine is available - * to change ownership of opened files. If unavailable, use chown(). - */ -#define HAS_FCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_FCNTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the fcntl() function exists. - */ -#define HAS_FCNTL /**/ - -/* HAS_FGETPOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fgetpos routine is - * available to get the file position indicator, similar to ftell(). - */ -#define HAS_FGETPOS /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the flock routine is - * available to do file locking. - */ -#define HAS_FLOCK /**/ - -/* HAS_FORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fork routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_FORK /**/ - -/* HAS_FSETPOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsetpos routine is - * available to set the file position indicator, similar to fseek(). - */ -#define HAS_FSETPOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gettimeofday() system - * call is available for a sub-second accuracy clock. Usually, the file - * <sys/resource.h> needs to be included (see I_SYS_RESOURCE). - * The type "Timeval" should be used to refer to "struct timeval". - */ -#define HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY /**/ -#ifdef HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY -#define Timeval struct timeval /* Structure used by gettimeofday() */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgroups() routine is - * available to get the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -#define HAS_GETGROUPS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETLOGIN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin routine is - * available to get the login name. - */ -#define HAS_GETLOGIN /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the getpgid(pid) function is available to get the - * process group id. - */ -#define HAS_GETPGID /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPGRP2: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) - * routine is available to get the current process group. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP2 / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPPID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getppid routine is - * available to get the parent process ID. - */ -#define HAS_GETPPID /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPRIORITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpriority routine is - * available to get a process's priority. - */ -#define HAS_GETPRIORITY /**/ - -/* HAS_INET_ATON: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the - * inet_aton() function is available to parse IP address "dotted-quad" - * strings. - */ -#define HAS_INET_ATON /**/ - -/* HAS_KILLPG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the killpg routine is available - * to kill process groups. If unavailable, you probably should use kill - * with a negative process number. - */ -#define HAS_KILLPG /**/ - -/* HAS_LINK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the link routine is - * available to create hard links. - */ -#define HAS_LINK /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCALECONV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localeconv routine is - * available for numeric and monetary formatting conventions. - */ -#define HAS_LOCALECONV /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCKF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lockf routine is - * available to do file locking. - */ -#define HAS_LOCKF /**/ - -/* HAS_LSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lstat routine is - * available to do file stats on symbolic links. - */ -#define HAS_LSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_MBLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mblen routine is available - * to find the number of bytes in a multibye character. - */ -#define HAS_MBLEN /**/ - -/* HAS_MBSTOWCS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbstowcs routine is - * available to covert a multibyte string into a wide character string. - */ -#define HAS_MBSTOWCS /**/ - -/* HAS_MBTOWC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbtowc routine is available - * to covert a multibyte to a wide character. - */ -#define HAS_MBTOWC /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * to compare blocks of memory. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy blocks of memory. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMMOVE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memmove routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping blocks of memory. This should be used - * only when HAS_SAFE_BCOPY is not defined. If neither is there, roll your - * own version. - */ -#define HAS_MEMMOVE /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMSET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memset routine is available - * to set blocks of memory. - */ -#define HAS_MEMSET /**/ - -/* HAS_MKDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdir routine is available - * to create directories. Otherwise you should fork off a new process to - * exec /bin/mkdir. - */ -#define HAS_MKDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKFIFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkfifo routine is - * available to create FIFOs. Otherwise, mknod should be able to - * do it for you. However, if mkfifo is there, mknod might require - * super-user privileges which mkfifo will not. - */ -#define HAS_MKFIFO /**/ - -/* HAS_MKTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_MKTIME /**/ - -/* HAS_MSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the msync system call is - * available to synchronize a mapped file. - */ -#define HAS_MSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_MUNMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the munmap system call is - * available to unmap a region, usually mapped by mmap(). - */ -#define HAS_MUNMAP /**/ - -/* HAS_NICE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nice routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_NICE /**/ - -/* HAS_PATHCONF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available - * to determine file-system related limits and options associated - * with a given filename. - */ -/* HAS_FPATHCONF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available - * to determine file-system related limits and options associated - * with a given open file descriptor. - */ -#define HAS_PATHCONF /**/ -#define HAS_FPATHCONF /**/ - -/* HAS_PAUSE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pause routine is - * available to suspend a process until a signal is received. - */ -#define HAS_PAUSE /**/ - -/* HAS_PIPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pipe routine is - * available to create an inter-process channel. - */ -#define HAS_PIPE /**/ - -/* HAS_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is - * available to poll active file descriptors. You may safely - * include <poll.h> when this symbol is defined. - */ -#define HAS_POLL /**/ - -/* HAS_READDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir routine is - * available to read directory entries. You may have to include - * <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT. - */ -#define HAS_READDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_SEEKDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seekdir routine is - * available. You may have to include <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT. - */ -#define HAS_SEEKDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_TELLDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the telldir routine is - * available. You may have to include <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT. - */ -#define HAS_TELLDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_REWINDDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rewinddir routine is - * available. You may have to include <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT. - */ -#define HAS_REWINDDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_READLINK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readlink routine is - * available to read the value of a symbolic link. - */ -#define HAS_READLINK /**/ - -/* HAS_RENAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rename routine is available - * to rename files. Otherwise you should do the unlink(), link(), unlink() - * trick. - */ -#define HAS_RENAME /**/ - -/* HAS_RMDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rmdir routine is - * available to remove directories. Otherwise you should fork off a - * new process to exec /bin/rmdir. - */ -#define HAS_RMDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_SELECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the select routine is - * available to select active file descriptors. If the timeout field - * is used, <sys/time.h> may need to be included. - */ -#define HAS_SELECT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETEGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setegid routine is available - * to change the effective gid of the current program. - */ -#define HAS_SETEGID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETEUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seteuid routine is available - * to change the effective uid of the current program. - */ -#define HAS_SETEUID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETLINEBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlinebuf routine is - * available to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETLINEBUF /**/ - -/* HAS_SETLOCALE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale routine is - * available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations. - */ -#define HAS_SETLOCALE /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgid(pid, gpid) - * routine is available to set process group ID. - */ -#define HAS_SETPGID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP2: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) - * routine is available to set the current process group. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP2 / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPRIORITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpriority routine is - * available to set a process's priority. - */ -#define HAS_SETPRIORITY /**/ - -/* HAS_SETREGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setregid routine is - * available to change the real and effective gid of the current - * process. - */ -/* HAS_SETRESGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresgid routine is - * available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current - * process. - */ -#define HAS_SETREGID /**/ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID / **/ - -/* HAS_SETREUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setreuid routine is - * available to change the real and effective uid of the current - * process. - */ -/* HAS_SETRESUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresuid routine is - * available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current - * process. - */ -#define HAS_SETREUID /**/ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID / **/ - -/* HAS_SETRGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setrgid routine is available - * to change the real gid of the current program. - */ -#define HAS_SETRGID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setruid routine is available - * to change the real uid of the current program. - */ -#define HAS_SETRUID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setsid routine is - * available to set the process group ID. - */ -#define HAS_SETSID /**/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat _((int, Shmat_t, int)) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. - */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ - -/* HAS_STRCHR: - * This symbol is defined to indicate that the strchr()/strrchr() - * functions are available for string searching. If not, try the - * index()/rindex() pair. - */ -/* HAS_INDEX: - * This symbol is defined to indicate that the index()/rindex() - * functions are available for string searching. - */ -#define HAS_STRCHR /**/ -/*#define HAS_INDEX / **/ - -/* HAS_STRCOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strcoll routine is - * available to compare strings using collating information. - */ -#define HAS_STRCOLL /**/ - -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. - */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is - * available to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). - */ -#define HAS_STRTOD /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtol routine is available - * to provide better numeric string conversion than atoi() and friends. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRXFRM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strxfrm() routine is - * available to transform strings. - */ -#define HAS_STRXFRM /**/ - -/* HAS_SYMLINK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the symlink routine is available - * to create symbolic links. - */ -#define HAS_SYMLINK /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCALL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the syscall routine is - * available to call arbitrary system calls. If undefined, that's tough. - */ -#define HAS_SYSCALL /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCONF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sysconf() is available - * to determine system related limits and options. - */ -#define HAS_SYSCONF /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSTEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system routine is - * available to issue a shell command. - */ -#define HAS_SYSTEM /**/ - -/* HAS_TCGETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcgetpgrp routine is - * available to get foreground process group ID. - */ -#define HAS_TCGETPGRP /**/ - -/* HAS_TCSETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcsetpgrp routine is - * available to set foreground process group ID. - */ -#define HAS_TCSETPGRP /**/ - -/* HAS_TRUNCATE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the truncate routine is - * available to truncate files. - */ -#define HAS_TRUNCATE /**/ - -/* HAS_TZNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tzname[] array is - * available to access timezone names. - */ -#define HAS_TZNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_UMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the umask routine is - * available to set and get the value of the file creation mask. - */ -#define HAS_UMASK /**/ - -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. - */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif - -/* HAS_WAIT4: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that wait4() exists. - */ -#define HAS_WAIT4 /**/ - -/* HAS_WAITPID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the waitpid routine is - * available to wait for child process. - */ -#define HAS_WAITPID /**/ - -/* HAS_WCSTOMBS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcstombs routine is - * available to convert wide character strings to multibyte strings. - */ -#define HAS_WCSTOMBS /**/ - -/* HAS_WCTOMB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wctomb routine is available - * to covert a wide character to a multibyte. - */ -#define HAS_WCTOMB /**/ - -/* I_ARPA_INET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <arpa/inet.h> to get inet_addr and friends declarations. - */ -#define I_ARPA_INET /**/ - -/* I_DBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <dbm.h> exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_RPCSVC_DBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <rpcsvc/dbm.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_DBM /**/ -/*#define I_RPCSVC_DBM / **/ - -/* I_DIRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>. - */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. - */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. - */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ -#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t struct dirent - -/* I_DLFCN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <dlfcn.h> exists and should - * be included. - */ -#define I_DLFCN /**/ - -/* I_FCNTL: - * This manifest constant tells the C program to include <fcntl.h>. - */ -/*#define I_FCNTL / **/ - -/* I_FLOAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <float.h> to get definition of symbols like DBL_MAX or - * DBL_MIN, i.e. machine dependent floating point values. - */ -#define I_FLOAT /**/ - -/* I_LIMITS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <limits.h> to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or - * LONG_MAX, i.e. machine dependant limitations. - */ -#define I_LIMITS /**/ - -/* I_LOCALE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <locale.h>. - */ -#define I_LOCALE /**/ - -/* I_MATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <math.h>. - */ -#define I_MATH /**/ - -/* I_MEMORY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <memory.h>. - */ -/*#define I_MEMORY / **/ - -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should - * be included. - */ -#define I_NDBM /**/ - -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO / **/ - -/* I_NETINET_IN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <netinet/in.h>. Otherwise, you may try <sys/in.h>. - */ -#define I_NETINET_IN /**/ - -/* I_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sfio.h>. - */ -/*#define I_SFIO / **/ - -/* I_STDDEF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stddef.h> exists and should - * be included. - */ -#define I_STDDEF /**/ - -/* I_STDLIB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdlib.h> exists and should - * be included. - */ -#define I_STDLIB /**/ - -/* I_STRING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <string.h> (USG systems) instead of <strings.h> (BSD systems). - */ -#define I_STRING /**/ - -/* I_SYS_DIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/dir.h>. - */ -#define I_SYS_DIR /**/ - -/* I_SYS_FILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/file.h> to get definition of R_OK and friends. - */ -#define I_SYS_FILE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_IOCTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/ioctl.h> exists and should - * be included. Otherwise, include <sgtty.h> or <termio.h>. - */ -#define I_SYS_IOCTL /**/ - -/* I_SYS_NDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/ndir.h>. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_NDIR / **/ - -/* I_SYS_PARAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/param.h>. - */ -#define I_SYS_PARAM /**/ - -/* I_SYS_RESOURCE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/resource.h>. - */ -#define I_SYS_RESOURCE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_SELECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/select.h> in order to get definition of struct timeval. - */ -#define I_SYS_SELECT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/stat.h>. - */ -#define I_SYS_STAT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/times.h>. - */ -#define I_SYS_TIMES /**/ - -/* I_SYS_TYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/types.h>. - */ -#define I_SYS_TYPES /**/ - -/* I_SYS_UN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/un.h> to get UNIX domain socket definitions. - */ -#define I_SYS_UN /**/ - -/* I_SYS_WAIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/wait.h>. - */ -#define I_SYS_WAIT /**/ - -/* I_TERMIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include - * <termio.h> rather than <sgtty.h>. There are also differences in - * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. - */ -/* I_TERMIOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include - * the POSIX termios.h rather than sgtty.h or termio.h. - * There are also differences in the ioctl() calls that depend on the - * value of this symbol. - */ -/* I_SGTTY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include - * <sgtty.h> rather than <termio.h>. There are also differences in - * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. - */ -/*#define I_TERMIO / **/ -#define I_TERMIOS /**/ -/*#define I_SGTTY / **/ - -/* I_UNISTD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <unistd.h>. - */ -#define I_UNISTD /**/ - -/* I_UTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <utime.h>. - */ -#define I_UTIME /**/ - -/* I_VALUES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <values.h> to get definition of symbols like MINFLOAT or - * MAXLONG, i.e. machine dependant limitations. Probably, you - * should use <limits.h> instead, if it is available. - */ -#define I_VALUES /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <varargs.h>. - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ - -/* I_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include vfork.h. - */ -/*#define I_VFORK / **/ - -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "/bin/sh" /**/ - -/* CROSSCOMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that we our - * build process is a cross-compilation. - */ -/*#define CROSSCOMPILE / **/ - -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ -#define LONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -/*#define MULTIARCH / **/ - -/* HAS_QUAD: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one - * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. - */ -#define HAS_QUAD /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -# define Quad_t long /**/ -# define Uquad_t unsigned long /**/ -# define QUADKIND 2 /**/ -# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 -# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 -#endif - -/* HAS_ACCESSX: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is - * available to do extended access checks. - */ -/*#define HAS_ACCESSX / **/ - -/* HAS_EACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is - * available to do extended access checks. - */ -/*#define HAS_EACCESS / **/ - -/* I_SYS_ACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/access.h>. - */ -#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/security.h>. - */ -#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ - -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "dec_osf" /**/ - -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. - */ -#if defined(CROSSCOMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#endif - -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define ARCHLIB "/opt/perl/lib/5.6.1/alpha-dec_osf-thread" /**/ -#define ARCHLIB_EXP "/opt/perl/lib/5.6.1/alpha-dec_osf-thread" /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. - */ -#define ARCHNAME "alpha-dec_osf-thread" /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF / **/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL / **/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "/opt/perl/bin" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "/opt/perl/bin" /**/ - -/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be - * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds - * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always - * for those versions. - */ -/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 / **/ - -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. - */ -#if defined(CROSSCOMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ - -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -#define CPPMINUS "" -#define CPPRUN "/usr/bin/cpp" -#define CPPLAST "" - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. - */ -/*#define CASTI32 / **/ - -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. - */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list - */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ - -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. - */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ - -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "/usr/bin/csh" /**/ -#endif - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. - */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE / **/ - -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48 _((void)); - */ -#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in <sys/types.h> - */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ - -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. - */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ - -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T / **/ - -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. - */ -#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA / **/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO / **/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO / **/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * Possible values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. - */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b)) - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. - */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / **/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. - */ -#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. - */ -#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. - */ -#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. - */ -#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. - */ -#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM / **/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ - -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. - */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. - */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT / **/ - -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ - -/* HAS_ICONV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the iconv routine is - * available to do character set conversions. - */ -#define HAS_ICONV /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes - * <sys/types.h> is enough. - */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T / **/ - -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. - */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. - */ -#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. - */ -#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h> - * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. - */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. - */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP / **/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/ - -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. - */ -#define HAS_MMAP /**/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. - */ -#define HAS_MODFL /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -#define HAS_MSG /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD / **/ -#define SCHED_YIELD sched_yield() /**/ -#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -#define HAS_SEM /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. - */ -#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ - -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SFIO / **/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -#define HAS_SHM /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ -#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ -#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ -#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ -#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ -#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is - * available to initialize SOCKS 5. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT / **/ - -/* HAS_SQRTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is - * available to do long double square roots. - */ -#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ - -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. - */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of - * the filesystem containing the file. - * This kind of struct statfs is coming from <sys/mount.h> (BSD 4.3), - * not from <sys/statfs.h> (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not - * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() - * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. - */ -#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLD / **/ - -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLL / **/ - -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOULL / **/ - -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ / **/ - -/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern long telldir _((DIR*)); - */ -#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ - -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be - * included). - */ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>. - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN / **/ -#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ - -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. - */ -#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ - -/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of - * some sort is available. - */ -#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC / **/ - -/* FFLUSH_NULL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush - * all pending stdio output. - */ -/* FFLUSH_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush - * all pending stdio output one must loop through all - * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. - * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not - * even be probed for and will be left undefined. - */ -#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ -/*#define FFLUSH_ALL / **/ - -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "u" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Gid_t_sign 1 /* GID sign */ - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. - */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* DB_Prefix_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. - */ -/* DB_Hash_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. - */ -#define DB_Hash_t u_int32_t /**/ -#define DB_Prefix_t size_t /**/ - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <grp.h>. - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd. - */ -#define I_GRP /**/ -#define GRPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_ICONV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <iconv.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_ICONV /**/ - -/* I_IEEEFP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ieeefp.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_IEEEFP / **/ - -/* I_INTTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <inttypes.h>. - */ -/*#define I_INTTYPES / **/ - -/* I_LIBUTIL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <libutil.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LIBUTIL / **/ - -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <mach/cthreads.h>. - */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ - -/* I_MNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_MNTENT / **/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_NETDB /**/ - -/* I_NETINET_TCP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <netinet/tcp.h>. - */ -#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ - -/* I_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <poll.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_POLL /**/ - -/* I_PROT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <prot.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_PROT /**/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <pthread.h>. - */ -#define I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <pwd.h>. - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -#define I_PWD /**/ -#define PWQUOTA /**/ -/*#define PWAGE / **/ -/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ -/*#define PWCLASS / **/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ -#define PWCOMMENT /**/ -#define PWGECOS /**/ -#define PWPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_SHADOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SHADOW / **/ - -/* I_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <socks.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SOCKS / **/ - -/* I_SUNMATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sunmath.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SUNMATH / **/ - -/* I_SYSLOG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <syslog.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_SYSLOG /**/ - -/* I_SYSMODE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/mode.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_SYSMODE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_MOUNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/mount.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/statfs.h> exists. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATFS / **/ - -/* I_SYS_STATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/statvfs.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_SYSUIO /**/ - -/* I_SYSUTSNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ - -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS / **/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <time.h>. - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/time.h>. - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined. - */ -/*#define I_TIME / **/ -#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ - -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_USTAT /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ - -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. - */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. - */ -#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ -#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ -#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ -#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t off_t /* <offset> type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* <offset> size */ -#define Off_t_size 8 /* <offset> size */ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). - */ -#define Netdb_host_t const char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t const char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t int /**/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS " " / **/ - -/* IVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. - */ -/* UVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. - */ -/* I8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. - */ -/* U8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. - */ -/* I16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. - */ -/* U16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. - */ -/* I32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. - */ -/* U32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. - */ -/* I64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. - */ -/* U64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. - */ -/* NVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. - */ -/* IVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). - */ -/* UVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). - */ -/* I8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). - */ -/* U8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). - */ -/* I16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). - */ -/* U16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). - */ -/* I32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). - */ -/* U32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). - */ -/* I64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). - */ -/* U64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). - */ -/* NVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: - * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -#define IVTYPE long /**/ -#define UVTYPE unsigned long /**/ -#define I8TYPE char /**/ -#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ -#define I16TYPE short /**/ -#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ -#define I32TYPE int /**/ -#define U32TYPE unsigned int /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64TYPE long /**/ -#define U64TYPE unsigned long /**/ -#endif -#define NVTYPE double /**/ -#define IVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define UVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ -#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ -#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ -#endif -#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ -#undef NV_PRESERVES_UV -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 53 - -/* IVdf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV - * as a signed decimal integer. - */ -/* UVuf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned decimal integer. - */ -/* UVof: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned octal integer. - */ -/* UVxf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. - */ -/* NVef: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %e-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVff: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %f-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVgf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %g-ish floating point format. - */ -#define IVdf "ld" /**/ -#define UVuf "lu" /**/ -#define UVof "lo" /**/ -#define UVxf "lx" /**/ -#define NVef "e" /**/ -#define NVff "f" /**/ -#define NVgf "g" /**/ - -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "/opt/perl/lib/5.6.1" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/opt/perl/lib/5.6.1" /**/ - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() drand48() /**/ -#define Rand_seed_t long /**/ -#define seedDrand01(x) srand48((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ -#define RANDBITS 48 /**/ - -/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: - * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. - * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be - * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this - * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do - * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. - */ -#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ - -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. - */ -#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name list. - */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "TRAP", "ABRT", "EMT", "FPE", "KILL", "BUS", "SEGV", "SYS", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "IOINT", "STOP", "TSTP", "CONT", "CHLD", "TTIN", "TTOU", "AIO", "XCPU", "XFSZ", "VTALRM", "PROF", "WINCH", "INFO", "USR1", "USR2", "RESV", "RTMIN", "NUM34", "NUM35", "NUM36", "NUM37", "NUM38", "NUM39", "NUM40", "NUM41", "NUM42", "NUM43", "NUM44", "NUM45", "NUM46", "NUM47", "MAX", "IOT", "LOST", "URG", "CLD", "IO", "POLL", "PTY", "PWR", "RTMAX", 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 6, 6, 16, 20, 23, 23, 23, 29, 48, 0 /**/ - -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define SITEARCH "/opt/perl/lib/site_perl/5.6.1/alpha-dec_osf-thread" /**/ -#define SITEARCH_EXP "/opt/perl/lib/site_perl/5.6.1/alpha-dec_osf-thread" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define SITELIB "/opt/perl/lib/site_perl/5.6.1" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP "/opt/perl/lib/site_perl/5.6.1" /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "/opt/perl/lib/site_perl" /**/ - -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. - */ -#define Size_t_size 8 /* */ - -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h> - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ - -/* STARTPERL: - * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl - * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not - * some shell. - */ -#define STARTPERL "#!/opt/perl/bin/perl" /**/ - -/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array - * holding the stdio streams. - */ -/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. - * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. - */ -#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY _iob - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "u" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign 1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ - -/* USE_64_BIT_INT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible - * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. - * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory - * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. - */ -/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible - * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will - * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is - * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not - * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or - * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. - */ -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT -#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ -#endif - -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL -#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_LARGE_FILES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support - * should be used when available. - */ -#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES -#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should - * be used when available. - */ -#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE -/*#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_MORE_BITS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and - * long doubles should be used when available. - */ -#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS -/*#define USE_MORE_BITS / **/ -#endif - -/* MULTIPLICITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use multiplicity. - */ -#ifndef MULTIPLICITY -/*#define MULTIPLICITY / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_PERLIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should - * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be - * used in a fully backward compatible manner. - */ -#ifndef USE_PERLIO -/*#define USE_PERLIO / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use socks. - */ -#ifndef USE_SOCKS -/*#define USE_SOCKS / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ -#endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: - * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary - * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and - * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in /opt/perl/lib/site_perl/5.6.1/alpha-dec_osf-thread for older - * directories across major versions back to xs_apiversion. - * This is only useful if you have a perl library directory tree - * structured like the default one. - * See INSTALL for how this works. - * The versioned site_perl directory was introduced in 5.005, - * so that is the lowest possible value. - * Since this can depend on compile time options (such as - * bincompat) it is set by Configure. Other non-default sources - * of potential incompatibility, such as multiplicity, threads, - * debugging, 64bits, sfio, etc., are not checked for currently, - * though in principle we could go snooping around in old - * Config.pm files. - */ -/* PERL_PM_APIVERSION: - * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl - * compatible with the present perl. (That is, pure perl modules - * written for pm_apiversion will still work for the current - * version). perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search in /opt/perl/lib/site_perl/5.6.1 for older directories across major versions - * back to pm_apiversion. This is only useful if you have a perl - * library directory tree structured like the default one. The - * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's - * the default setting for this variable. It's hard to imagine - * it changing before Perl6. It is included here for symmetry - * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will - * (presumably) be similar. - * See the INSTALL file for how this works. - */ -#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.6.1" -#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" - -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. - */ -#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ -#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ - -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. - */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK / **/ - -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. - */ -#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. - */ -#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern void* sbrk _((int)); - * extern void* sbrk _((size_t)); - */ -#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -#endif diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/findvars b/contrib/perl5/Porting/findvars deleted file mode 100755 index 3cdb854..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/findvars +++ /dev/null @@ -1,374 +0,0 @@ -#!/l/local/bin/perl -w - -$pat = ''; -# construct word list -while (<DATA>) { - chomp; - next unless $_; - $pat .= "$_|"; -} -chop $pat if $pat =~ /\|$/; - -# grep -while (<>) { - print "$ARGV\:$.\:$_" if s/\b($pat)\b/#$1#/og; -# this variant might useful if the transformation is more complicated -# if (/^(.*?)\b($pat)\b(.*)$/o) { -# my $head = "$1#$2#"; -# $_ = $3; -# while (/^(.*?)\b($pat)\b(.*)$/o) { -# $head .= "$1#$2#"; -# $_ = $3; -# } -# print "$ARGV\:$.\:$head$_\n"; -# } -} -continue { - close ARGV if eof; -} -__END__ -Argv -Cmd -DBcv -DBgv -DBline -DBsignal -DBsingle -DBsub -DBtrace -No -Sv -Xpv -Yes -amagic_generation -ampergv -an -archpat_auto -argvgv -argvoutgv -av_fetch_sv -basetime -beginav -bodytarget -bostr -bufend -bufptr -cddir -chopset -collation_ix -collation_name -collation_standard -collxfrm_base -collxfrm_mult -colors -colorset -compcv -compiling -comppad -comppad_name -comppad_name_fill -comppad_name_floor -cop_seqmax -copline -cryptseen -cshlen -cshname -curcop -curcopdb -curinterp -curpad -curpm -curstack -curstackinfo -curstash -curstname -curthr -dbargs -debdelim -debname -debstash -debug -defgv -defoutgv -defstash -delaymagic -diehook -dirty -dlevel -dlmax -do_undump -doextract -doswitches -dowarn -dumplvl -e_script -egid -endav -envgv -errgv -error_count -euid -eval_cond -eval_mutex -eval_owner -eval_root -eval_start -evalseq -exitlist -exitlistlen -expect -extralen -fdpid -filemode -firstgv -forkprocess -formfeed -formtarget -generation -gensym -gid -globalstash -he_root -hexdigit -hintgv -hints -hv_fetch_ent_mh -hv_fetch_sv -in_clean_all -in_clean_objs -in_eval -in_my -in_my_stash -incgv -initav -inplace -last_in_gv -last_lop -last_lop_op -last_proto -last_uni -lastfd -lastgotoprobe -lastscream -lastsize -lastspbase -laststatval -laststype -leftgv -lex_brackets -lex_brackstack -lex_casemods -lex_casestack -lex_defer -lex_dojoin -lex_expect -lex_fakebrack -lex_formbrack -lex_inpat -lex_inwhat -lex_op -lex_repl -lex_starts -lex_state -lex_stuff -lineary -linestart -linestr -localizing -localpatches -main_cv -main_root -main_start -mainstack -malloc_mutex -markstack -markstack_max -markstack_ptr -max_intro_pending -maxo -maxscream -maxsysfd -mess_sv -min_intro_pending -minus_F -minus_a -minus_c -minus_l -minus_n -minus_p -modcount -modglobal -multi_close -multi_end -multi_open -multi_start -multiline -mystrk -na -nexttoke -nexttype -nextval -nice_chunk -nice_chunk_size -ninterps -nomemok -nrs -nthreads -nthreads_cond -numeric_local -numeric_name -numeric_standard -ofmt -ofs -ofslen -oldbufptr -oldlastpm -oldname -oldoldbufptr -op -op_mask -op_seqmax -opsave -origalen -origargc -origargv -origenviron -origfilename -ors -orslen -osname -pad_reset_pending -padix -padix_floor -patchlevel -patleave -pending_ident -perl_destruct_level -perldb -pidstatus -preambleav -preambled -preprocess -profiledata -reg_eval_set -reg_flags -reg_start_tmp -reg_start_tmpl -regbol -regcc -regcode -regcomp_parse -regcomp_rx -regcompp -regdata -regdummy -regendp -regeol -regexecp -regflags -regindent -reginput -reginterp_cnt -reglastparen -regnarrate -regnaughty -regnpar -regprecomp -regprev -regprogram -regsawback -regseen -regsize -regstartp -regtill -regxend -replgv -restartop -retstack -retstack_ix -retstack_max -rightgv -rs -rsfp -rsfp_filters -runops -savestack -savestack_ix -savestack_max -sawampersand -sawstudy -sawvec -scopestack -scopestack_ix -scopestack_max -screamfirst -screamnext -secondgv -seen_evals -seen_zerolen -sh_path -siggv -sighandlerp -sortcop -sortcxix -sortstash -specialsv_list -splitstr -stack_base -stack_max -stack_sp -start_env -statbuf -statcache -statgv -statname -statusvalue -statusvalue_vms -stdingv -strchop -strtab -sub_generation -sublex_info -subline -subname -sv_arenaroot -sv_count -sv_mutex -sv_no -sv_objcount -sv_root -sv_undef -sv_yes -svref_mutex -sys_intern -tainted -tainting -thisexpr -thr_key -threadnum -threads_mutex -threadsv_names -thrsv -timesbuf -tmps_floor -tmps_ix -tmps_max -tmps_stack -tokenbuf -top_env -toptarget -uid -unsafe -warnhook -xiv_arenaroot -xiv_root -xnv_root -xpv_root -xrv_root -piMem -piENV -piStdIO -piLIO -piDir -piSock -piProc diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/fixCORE b/contrib/perl5/Porting/fixCORE deleted file mode 100755 index 4c586d8..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/fixCORE +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/local/bin/perl -w -use Data::Dumper; - -my $targ = shift; -my $inc = join(' ',map("-I$_",@INC)); - -my $work = 1; -while ($work) - { - open(PIPE,"$^X -w $inc -M$targ -e '' 2>&1 |") || die "Cannot open pipe to child:$!"; - my %fix; - while (<PIPE>) - { - if (/^Ambiguous call resolved as CORE::(\w+)\(\), qualify as such or use \& at (\S+) line (\d+)/ - && -f $2 ) - { - my ($var,$file,$line) = ($1,$2,$3); - $fix{$file} = [] unless exists $fix{$file}; - push(@{$fix{$file}},[$line => $var]) unless ($var =~ /^PL_/ || $file =~ /\.h$/); - } - print; - } - close(PIPE); -# warn "Make retured $?\n"; -# last unless $?; - my $changed = 0; - foreach my $file (keys %fix) - { - my @ar = sort( { $a->[0] <=> $b->[0] } @{delete $fix{$file}}); - my @miss; - my $fixed = 0; - @ARGV = ($file); - $. = 0; - local $^I = '.sav'; - while (<>) - { - while (@ar && $. == $ar[0][0]) - { - my ($line,$var) = @{shift(@ar)}; - if (s/(?<!CORE::)\b$var\b(?=\s*\()/CORE::$var/) - { - warn "$file:$line: FIX $var\n"; - $fixed++; - $changed++; - } - else - { - push(@miss,[$line,$var,$_]); - } - } - print; - } - unless ($fixed) - { - rename("$file$^I",$file); - if (@miss) - { - while (@miss) - { - my ($line,$var,$txt) = @{shift(@miss)}; - warn "$file:$line:$var | $txt"; - } - } - } - } - last unless $changed; - } - diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/fixvars b/contrib/perl5/Porting/fixvars deleted file mode 100755 index a211e58..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/fixvars +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/local/bin/perl -w -use Data::Dumper; - -my $targ = (@ARGV) ? join(' ',@ARGV) : 'miniperl' ; - -my $work = 1; -while ($work) - { - open(PIPE,"make $targ 2>&1 |") || die "Cannot open pipe to make:$!"; - my %fix; - while (<PIPE>) - { - if (/^(.*):(\d+):\s+\`(\w+)'\s+undeclared/ && -f $1 ) - { - my ($file,$line,$var) = ($1,$2,$3); - $fix{$file} = [] unless exists $fix{$file}; - push(@{$fix{$file}},[$line => $var]) unless ($var =~ /^PL_/ || $file =~ /\.h$/); - } - print; - } - close(PIPE); - warn "Make retured $?\n"; - last unless $?; - my $changed = 0; - foreach my $file (keys %fix) - { - my @ar = sort( { $a->[0] <=> $b->[0] } @{delete $fix{$file}}); - my @miss; - my $fixed = 0; - unless (-w $file) - { - system("d4","edit",$file); - } - @ARGV = ($file); - $. = 0; - local $^I = '.sav'; - while (<>) - { - while (@ar && $. == $ar[0][0]) - { - my ($line,$var) = @{shift(@ar)}; - if (s/\b$var\b/PL_$var/) - { - warn "$file:$line: FIX $var\n"; - $fixed++; - $changed++; - } - else - { - push(@miss,[$line,$var,$_]); - } - } - print; - } - unless ($fixed) - { - rename("$file$^I",$file); - if (@miss) - { - while (@miss) - { - my ($line,$var,$txt) = @{shift(@miss)}; - warn "$file:$line:$var | $txt"; - } - } - } - } - last unless $changed; - } diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/genlog b/contrib/perl5/Porting/genlog deleted file mode 100755 index e040b9e..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/genlog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -#!/l/local/bin/perl -w -# -# Generate a nice changelist by querying perforce. -# -# Each change is described with the change number, description, -# which branch the change happened in, files modified, -# and who was responsible for entering the change. -# -# Can be called with a list of change numbers or a range of the -# form "12..42". Changelog will be printed from highest number -# to lowest. -# -# Outputs the changelist to stdout. -# -# Gurusamy Sarathy <gsar@activestate.com> -# - -use Text::Wrap; - -$0 =~ s|^.*/||; -unless (@ARGV) { - die <<USAGE; - $0 [-p \$P4PORT] [-bi branch_include] [-be branch_exclude] <change numbers or from..to> -USAGE -} - -my @changes; - -my %editkind; -@editkind{ qw( add edit delete integrate branch )} - = qw( + ! - !> +> ); - -my $p4port = $ENV{P4PORT} || 'localhost:1666'; - -my @branch_include; -my @branch_exclude; -my %branch_include; -my %branch_exclude; - -while (@ARGV) { - $_ = shift; - if (/^(\d+)\.\.(\d+)$/) { - push @changes, $1 .. $2; - } - elsif (/^\d+$/) { - push @changes, $_; - } - elsif (/^-p(.*)$/) { - $p4port = $1 || shift; - } - elsif (/^-bi(.*)$/) { - push @branch_include, $1 || shift; - } - elsif (/^-be(.*)$/) { - push @branch_exclude, $1 || shift; - } - else { - warn "Arguments must be change numbers, ignoring `$_'\n"; - } -} - -@changes = sort { $b <=> $a } @changes; - -@branch_include{@branch_include} = @branch_include if @branch_include; -@branch_exclude{@branch_exclude} = @branch_exclude if @branch_exclude; - -my @desc = `p4 -p $p4port describe -s @changes`; -if ($?) { - die "$0: `p4 -p $p4port describe -s @changes` failed, status[$?]\n"; -} -else { - chomp @desc; - while (@desc) { - my ($change,$who,$date,$time,@log,$branch,$file,$type,%files); - my $skip = 0; - my $nbranch = 0; - $_ = shift @desc; - if (/^Change (\d+) by (\w+)\@.+ on (\S+) (\S+)\s*$/) { - ($change, $who, $date, $time) = ($1,$2,$3,$4); - $_ = shift @desc; # get rid of empty line - while (@desc) { - $_ = shift @desc; - last if /^Affected/; - push @log, $_; - } - if (/^Affected/) { - $_ = shift @desc; # get rid of empty line - while ($_ = shift @desc) { - last unless /^\.\.\./; - if (m{^\.\.\. //depot/(.*?perl|[^/]*)/([^#]+)#\d+ (\w+)\s*$}) { - ($branch,$file,$type) = ($1,$2,$3); - $nbranch++; - if (exists $branch_exclude{$branch} or - @branch_include and - not exists $branch_include{$branch}) { - $skip++; - } - $files{$branch} = {} unless exists $files{$branch}; - $files{$branch}{$type} = [] unless exists $files{$branch}{$type}; - push @{$files{$branch}{$type}}, $file; - } - else { - warn "Unknown line [$_], ignoring\n"; - } - } - } - } - next if not $change or $skip == $nbranch; - print "_" x 76, "\n"; - printf <<EOT, $change, $who, $date, $time; -[%6s] By: %-25s on %9s %9s -EOT - print " Log: "; - my $i = 0; - while (@log) { - $_ = shift @log; - s/^\s*//; - s/^\[.*\]\s*// unless $i ; - # don't print last empty line - if ($_ or @log) { - print " " if $i++; - print "$_\n"; - } - } - for my $branch (sort keys %files) { - printf "%11s: $branch\n", 'Branch'; - for my $kind (sort keys %{$files{$branch}}) { - warn("### $kind ###\n"), next unless exists $editkind{$kind}; - my $files = $files{$branch}{$kind}; - # don't show large branches and integrations - $files = ["($kind " . scalar(@$files) . ' files)'] - if (@$files > 25 && ($kind eq 'integrate' - || $kind eq 'branch')) - || @$files > 100; - print wrap(sprintf("%12s ", $editkind{$kind}), - sprintf("%12s ", $editkind{$kind}), - "@$files\n"); - } - } - } -} diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/makerel b/contrib/perl5/Porting/makerel deleted file mode 100755 index c519d5d..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/makerel +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/env perl -w - -# A first attempt at some automated support for making a perl release. -# Very basic but functional - if you're on a unix system. -# -# No matter how automated this gets, you'll always need to read -# and re-read pumpkin.pod checking for things to be done at various -# stages of the process. -# -# Tim Bunce, June 1997 - -use ExtUtils::Manifest qw(fullcheck); - -$|=1; -$relroot = ".."; # XXX make an option - -die "Must be in root of the perl source tree.\n" - unless -f "./MANIFEST" and -f "patchlevel.h"; - -open PATCHLEVEL,"<patchlevel.h" or die; -my @patchlevel_h = <PATCHLEVEL>; -close PATCHLEVEL; -my $patchlevel_h = join "", grep { /^#\s*define/ } @patchlevel_h; -print $patchlevel_h; -$revision = $1 if $patchlevel_h =~ /PERL_REVISION\s+(\d+)/; -$patchlevel = $1 if $patchlevel_h =~ /PERL_VERSION\s+(\d+)/; -$subversion = $1 if $patchlevel_h =~ /PERL_SUBVERSION\s+(\d+)/; -die "Unable to parse patchlevel.h" unless $subversion >= 0; -$vers = sprintf("%d.%d.%d", $revision, $patchlevel, $subversion); -$vms_vers = sprintf("%d_%d_%d", $revision, $patchlevel, $subversion); - -# fetch list of local patches -my (@local_patches, @lpatch_tags, $lpatch_tags); -@local_patches = grep { /^static.*local_patches/../^};/ } @patchlevel_h; -@local_patches = grep { !/^\s*,?NULL/ } @local_patches; -@lpatch_tags = map { /^\s*,"(\w+)/ } @local_patches; -$lpatch_tags = join "-", @lpatch_tags; - -$perl = "perl-$vers"; -$reldir = "$perl"; -$reldir .= "-$lpatch_tags" if $lpatch_tags; - -print "\nMaking a release for $perl in $relroot/$reldir\n\n"; - -print "Cross-checking the MANIFEST...\n"; -($missfile, $missentry) = fullcheck(); -warn "Can't make a release with MANIFEST files missing.\n" if @$missfile; -warn "Can't make a release with files not listed in MANIFEST.\n" if @$missentry; -if ("@$missentry" =~ m/\.orig\b/) { - # Handy listing of find command and .orig files from patching work. - # I tend to run 'xargs rm' and copy and paste the file list. - my $cmd = "find . -name '*.orig' -print"; - print "$cmd\n"; - system($cmd); -} -die "Aborted.\n" if @$missentry or @$missfile; -print "\n"; - -# VMS no longer has hardcoded version numbers descrip.mms -#print "Updating VMS version specific files with $vms_vers...\n"; -#system("perl -pi -e 's/^\QPERL_VERSION = \E\d\_\d+(\s*\#)/PERL_VERSION = $vms_vers$1/' vms/descrip.mms"); - - - -print "Creating $relroot/$reldir release directory...\n"; -die "$relroot/$reldir release directory already exists\n" if -e "$relroot/$reldir"; -die "$relroot/$reldir.tar.gz release file already exists\n" if -e "$relroot/$reldir.tar.gz"; -mkdir("$relroot/$reldir", 0755) or die "mkdir $relroot/$reldir: $!\n"; -print "\n"; - - -print "Copying files to release directory...\n"; -# ExtUtils::Manifest maniread does not preserve the order -$cmd = "awk '{print \$1}' MANIFEST | cpio -pdm $relroot/$reldir"; -system($cmd) == 0 or die "$cmd failed"; -print "\n"; - -chdir "$relroot/$reldir" or die $!; - -print "Setting file permissions...\n"; -system("find . -type f -print | xargs chmod a-w"); -system("find . -type d -print | xargs chmod 0755"); - -# the right files should already have the execute bit set -# in the repository, but this is just insurance -system("find t -name '*.t' -print | xargs chmod a+x"); -my @exe = qw( - Configure - configure.gnu - configpm - installperl - installhtml - installman - embed.pl - keywords.pl - opcode.pl - warnings.pl - perly.fixer - t/TEST - t/*/*.t - *.SH - vms/ext/Stdio/test.pl - vms/ext/*.t - x2p/*.SH - Porting/patchls - Porting/makerel -); -system("chmod +x @exe"); - -my @writables = qw( - keywords.h - opcode.h - opnames.h - pp_proto.h - pp.sym - proto.h - embed.h - embedvar.h - global.sym - pod/perlintern.pod - pod/perlapi.pod - objXSUB.h - perlapi.h - perlapi.c - ext/ByteLoader/byterun.h - ext/ByteLoader/byterun.c - ext/B/B/Asmdata.pm - regnodes.h - warnings.h - lib/warnings.pm - vms/perly_c.vms - vms/perly_h.vms - win32/Makefile - win32/makefile.mk - win32/config_H.bc - win32/config_H.bc - win32/config_H.gc - win32/config_H.vc -); -system("chmod +w @writables"); - -print "Adding CRs to DOSish files...\n"; -my @crlf = qw( - djgpp/configure.bat - README.dos - README.win32 - win32/Makefile - win32/makefile.mk -); -system("perl -pi -e 's/\$/\\r/' @crlf"); -print "\n"; - -chdir ".." or die $!; - -print "Creating and compressing the tar file...\n"; -my $src = (-e $perl) ? $perl : 'perl'; # 'perl' in maint branch -$cmd = "tar cf - $reldir | gzip --best > $reldir.tar.gz"; -system($cmd) == 0 or die "$cmd failed"; -print "\n"; - -system("ls -ld $perl*"); diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/p4d2p b/contrib/perl5/Porting/p4d2p deleted file mode 100755 index f645ef8..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/p4d2p +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -#!/l/local/bin/perl -wspi.bak - -# -# reads a perforce style diff on stdin and outputs appropriate headers -# so the diff can be applied with the patch program -# -# Gurusamy Sarathy <gsar@activestate.com> -# - -BEGIN { - $0 =~ s|.*/||; - if ($h or $help) { - print STDERR <<USAGE; -Usage: $0 [-v] [-h] files - - -h print this help - -v output progress messages - -Does inplace edit of diff files output by the perforce commands -"p4 describe", "p4 diff", and "p4 diff2". The result is suitable -for feeding to the "patch" program. - -If no files are specified, reads from stdin and writes to stdout. - -WARNING: It only handles context or unified diffs. - -Example: p4 describe -du 123 | $0 > change-123.patch - -USAGE - exit(0); - } - unless (@ARGV) { @ARGV = '-'; undef $^I; } - use vars qw($thisfile $time $file $fnum $v $h $help); - $thisfile = ""; - $time = localtime(time); -} - -my ($cur, $match); -$cur = m<^==== //depot/(.+?)\#\d+.* ====$> ... m<^(\@\@.+\@\@|\*+)$>; - -$match = $1; - -if ($ARGV ne $thisfile) { - warn "processing patchfile [$ARGV]\n" unless $ARGV eq '-'; - $thisfile = $ARGV; -} - -# while we are within range -if ($cur) { - # set the file name after first line - if ($cur == 1) { - $file = $match; - $fnum++; - } - # emit the diff header when we hit last line - elsif ($cur =~ /E0$/) { - my $f = $file; - - # special hack for perl so we can always use "patch -p1" - $f =~ s<^.*?(perl.*?/)><$1>; - - # unified diff - if ($match =~ /^\@/) { - warn "emitting udiff header\n" if $v; - $_ = "Index: $f\n--- $f.~1~\t$time\n+++ $f\t$time\n$_"; - } - # context diff - elsif ($match =~ /^\*/) { - warn "emitting cdiff header\n" if $v; - $_ = "Index: $f\n*** $f.~1~\t$time\n--- $f\t$time\n$_"; - } - } - # see if we hit another patch (i.e. previous patch was empty) - elsif (m<^==== //depot/(.+?)\#\d+.* ====$>) { - $file = $match = $1; - } - # suppress all other lines in the header - else { - $_ = ""; - } - warn "file [$file] line [$cur] file# [$fnum]\n" if $v; -} - -$_ .= "End of Patch.\n" if eof; diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/p4desc b/contrib/perl5/Porting/p4desc deleted file mode 100755 index 2d1c9d8..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/p4desc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/perl -wpi.bak - -# -# Munge "p4 describe ..." output to include new files. -# -# Gurusamy Sarathy <gsar@activestate.com> -# - -use vars qw($thisfile $change $file $fnum $h $v $p4port @addfiles - $branches $skip); - -BEGIN { - $0 =~ s|^.*/||; - $p4port = $ENV{P4PORT} || 'localhost:1666'; - for (@ARGV) { - if ($p4port =~ /^\s+$/) { - $p4port = $_; - } - elsif (/^-p(.*)$/) { - $p4port = $1 || ' '; - } - elsif (/^-b(.*)$/) { - $branches = $1; - } - elsif (/^-v$/) { - $v++; - } - elsif (/^-h/) { - $h++; - } - else { - push @files, $_; - } - } - unless (@files) { @files = '-'; undef $^I; } - @ARGV = @files; - $branches = '//depot/perl/' unless defined $branches; - if ($h) { - print STDERR <<USAGE; -Usage: $0 [-p \$P4PORT] [-v] [-h] [files] - - -phost:port p4 port (e.g. myhost:1666) - -h print this help - -v output progress messages - -bbranch(es) which branches to include (regex) - (default: //depot/perl/) - -h show this help - -A smart 'cat'. When fed the spew from "p4 describe ..." on STDIN, -spits it right out on STDOUT, followed by patches for any new files -detected in the spew. Can also be used to edit insitu a bunch of -files containing said spew. - -WARNING 1: Currently only emits unified diffs (diff -u). - -WARNING 2: By default only the changes in the //depot/perl branch -are shown. To include all the branches, supply "-b." arguments -to $0. - -Examples: - p4 describe -du 123 | $0 > change-123.desc - p4 describe -du 123 | $0 | p4d2p > change-123.patch - -USAGE - exit(0); - } - $thisfile = ""; -} - - -if ($ARGV ne $thisfile) { - warn "processing patchfile [$ARGV]\n" unless $ARGV eq '-'; - $thisfile = $ARGV; -} - -my $cur = m|^Affected files| ... m|^Differences|; - -# while we are within range -if ($cur) { - if (m|^\.\.\. |) { - if (m|$branches|) { - if (m{^\.\.\. (//depot/.+?\#\d+) (add|branch)$}) { - my $newfile = $1; - push @addfiles, $newfile; - warn "$newfile add, revision != 1!\n" unless $newfile =~ /#1$/; - } - } else { - push @skipped, "# $_"; - $_ = ''; - } - } - warn "file [$file] line [$cur] file# [$fnum]\n" if $v; -} - -if (m|^==== //depot/|) { - $skip = !m|$branches|; - print "# Skipped because not under branches: $branches\n" if $skip; -} - -$_ = "# $_" if $skip; - -if (/^Change (\d+) by/) { - $_ = "\n\n" . $_ if $change; # start of a new change list - $change = $1; - my $new = newfiles(); - if ($new) { - $_ = $new . $_; - } -} - -if (eof) { - $_ .= newfiles(); - $_ .= join('', "\n", - "# Skipped because not under branches: $branches\n", - @skipped, "\n") if @skipped; -} - -sub newfiles { - my $addfile; - my $ret = ""; - for $addfile (@addfiles) { - my $type = `p4 -p $p4port files '$addfile'`; - if ($?) { - warn "$0: `p4 -p $p4port print '$addfile'` failed, status[$?]\n"; - next; - } - $type =~ m|^//.*\((.+)\)$| or next; - $type = $1; - unless ($type =~ /text/) { - $ret .= "\n==== $addfile ($type) ====\n\n"; - next; - } - my @new = `p4 -p $p4port print '$addfile'`; - if ($?) { - die "$0: `p4 -p $p4port print '$addfile'` failed, status[$?]\n"; - } - my $desc = shift @new; # discard initial description - $ret .= "\n==== $addfile ($type) ====\n\n"; - my $lines = "," . @new; - $lines = "" if @new < 2; - $ret .= "\@\@ -0,0 +1$lines \@\@\n"; - $ret .= join("+","",@new); - $ret .= "\n\\ No newline at end of file\n" if $ret !~ /\n$/; - } - @addfiles = (); - return $ret; -} diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/patching.pod b/contrib/perl5/Porting/patching.pod deleted file mode 100644 index 7fd376b..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/patching.pod +++ /dev/null @@ -1,391 +0,0 @@ -=head1 Name - -patching.pod - Appropriate format for patches to the perl source tree - -=head2 Where to get this document - -The latest version of this document is available from - http://perrin.dimensional.com/perl/perlpatch.html - -=head2 How to contribute to this document - -You may mail corrections, additions, and suggestions to me -at dgris@dimensional.com but the preferred method would be -to follow the instructions set forth in this document and -submit a patch 8-). - -=head1 Description - -=head2 Why this document exists - -As an open source project Perl relies on patches and contributions from -its users to continue functioning properly and to root out the inevitable -bugs. But, some users are unsure as to the I<right> way to prepare a patch -and end up submitting seriously malformed patches. This makes it very -difficult for the current maintainer to integrate said patches into their -distribution. This document sets out usage guidelines for patches in an -attempt to make everybody's life easier. - -=head2 Common problems - -The most common problems appear to be patches being mangled by certain -mailers (I won't name names, but most of these seem to be originating on -boxes running a certain popular commercial operating system). Other problems -include patches not rooted in the appropriate place in the directory structure, -and patches not produced using standard utilities (such as diff). - -=head1 Proper Patch Guidelines - -=head2 What to patch - -Generally speaking you should patch the latest development release -of perl. The maintainers of the individual branches will see to it -that patches are picked up and applied as appropriate. - -=head2 How to prepare your patch - -=over 4 - -=item Creating your patch - -First, back up the original files. This can't be stressed enough, -back everything up _first_. - -Also, please create patches against a clean distribution of the perl source. -This ensures that everyone else can apply your patch without clobbering their -source tree. - -=item diff - -While individual tastes vary (and are not the point here) patches should -be created using either C<-u> or C<-c> arguments to diff. These produce, -respectively, unified diffs (where the changed line appears immediately next -to the original) and context diffs (where several lines surrounding the changes -are included). See the manpage for diff for more details. - -The preferred method for creating a unified diff suitable for feeding -to the patch program is: - - diff -u old-file new-file > patch-file - -Note the order of files. See below for how to create a patch from -two directory trees. - -If your patch is for wider consumption, it may be better to create it as -a context diff as some machines have broken patch utilities that choke on -unified diffs. A context diff is made using C<diff -c> rather than -C<diff -u>. - -GNU diff has many desirable features not provided by most vendor-supplied -diffs. Some examples using GNU diff: - - # generate a patch for a newly added file - % diff -u /dev/null new/file - - # generate a patch to remove a file (patch > v2.4 will remove it cleanly) - % diff -u old/goner /dev/null - - # get additions, deletions along with everything else, recursively - % diff -ruN olddir newdir - - # ignore whitespace - % diff -bu a/file b/file - - # show function name in every hunk (safer, more informative) - % diff -u -F '^[_a-zA-Z0-9]+ *(' old/file new/file - -=item Derived Files - -Many files in the distribution are derivative--avoid patching them. -Patch the originals instead. Most utilities (like perldoc) are in -this category, i.e. patch utils/perldoc.PL rather than utils/perldoc. -Similarly, don't create patches for files under $src_root/ext from -their copies found in $install_root/lib. If you are unsure about the -proper location of a file that may have gotten copied while building -the source distribution, consult the C<MANIFEST>. - -=item Filenames - -The most usual convention when submitting patches for a single file is to make -your changes to a copy of the file with the same name as the original. Rename -the original file in such a way that it is obvious what is being patched -($file.dist or $file.old seem to be popular). - -If you are submitting patches that affect multiple files then you should -backup the entire directory tree (to $source_root.old/ for example). This -will allow C<diff -ruN old-dir new-dir> to create all the patches at once. - -=item Directories - -IMPORTANT: Patches should be generated from the source root directory, not -from the directory that the patched file resides in. This ensures that the -maintainer patches the proper file. - -For larger patches that are dealing with multiple files or -directories, Johan Vromans has written a powerful utility: makepatch. -See the JV directory on CPAN for the current version. If you have this -program available, it is recommended to create a duplicate of the perl -directory tree against which you are intending to provide a patch and -let makepatch figure out all the changes you made to your copy of the -sources. As perl comes with a MANIFEST file, you need not delete -object files and other derivative files from the two directory trees, -makepatch is smart about them. - -Say, you have created a directory perl-5.7.1@8685/ for the perl you -are taking as the base and a directory perl-5.7.1@8685-withfoo/ where -you have your changes, you would run makepatch as follows: - - makepatch -oldman perl-5.7.1@8685/MANIFEST \ - -newman perl-5.7.1@8685-withfoo/MANIFEST \ - -diff "diff -u" \ - perl-5.7.1@8685 perl-5.7.1@8685-withfoo - -=item Try it yourself - -Just to make sure your patch "works", be sure to apply it to the Perl -distribution, rebuild everything, and make sure the testsuite runs -without incident. - -=back - -=head2 What to include in your patch - -=over 4 - -=item Description of problem - -The first thing you should include is a description of the problem that -the patch corrects. If it is a code patch (rather than a documentation -patch) you should also include a small test case that illustrates the -bug. - -=item Directions for application - -You should include instructions on how to properly apply your patch. -These should include the files affected, any shell scripts or commands -that need to be run before or after application of the patch, and -the command line necessary for application. - -=item If you have a code patch - -If you are submitting a code patch there are several other things that -you need to do. - -=over 4 - -=item Comments, Comments, Comments - -Be sure to adequately comment your code. While commenting every -line is unnecessary, anything that takes advantage of side effects of -operators, that creates changes that will be felt outside of the -function being patched, or that others may find confusing should -be documented. If you are going to err, it is better to err on the -side of adding too many comments than too few. - -=item Style - -In general, please follow the particular style of the code you are patching. - -In particular, follow these general guidelines for patching Perl sources: - - 8-wide tabs (no exceptions!) - 4-wide indents for code, 2-wide indents for nested CPP #defines - try hard not to exceed 79-columns - ANSI C prototypes - uncuddled elses and "K&R" style for indenting control constructs - no C++ style (//) comments, most C compilers will choke on them - mark places that need to be revisited with XXX (and revisit often!) - opening brace lines up with "if" when conditional spans multiple - lines; should be at end-of-line otherwise - in function definitions, name starts in column 0 (return value is on - previous line) - single space after keywords that are followed by parens, no space - between function name and following paren - avoid assignments in conditionals, but if they're unavoidable, use - extra paren, e.g. "if (a && (b = c)) ..." - "return foo;" rather than "return(foo);" - "if (!foo) ..." rather than "if (foo == FALSE) ..." etc. - - -=item Testsuite - -When submitting a patch you should make every effort to also include -an addition to perl's regression tests to properly exercise your -patch. Your testsuite additions should generally follow these -guidelines (courtesy of Gurusamy Sarathy <gsar@activestate.com>): - - Know what you're testing. Read the docs, and the source. - Tend to fail, not succeed. - Interpret results strictly. - Use unrelated features (this will flush out bizarre interactions). - Use non-standard idioms (otherwise you are not testing TIMTOWTDI). - Avoid using hardcoded test numbers whenever possible (the - EXPECTED/GOT found in t/op/tie.t is much more maintainable, - and gives better failure reports). - Give meaningful error messages when a test fails. - Avoid using qx// and system() unless you are testing for them. If you - do use them, make sure that you cover _all_ perl platforms. - Unlink any temporary files you create. - Promote unforeseen warnings to errors with $SIG{__WARN__}. - Be sure to use the libraries and modules shipped with the version - being tested, not those that were already installed. - Add comments to the code explaining what you are testing for. - Make updating the '1..42' string unnecessary. Or make sure that - you update it. - Test _all_ behaviors of a given operator, library, or function: - - All optional arguments - - Return values in various contexts (boolean, scalar, list, lvalue) - - Use both global and lexical variables - - Don't forget the exceptional, pathological cases. - -=back - -=item Test your patch - -Apply your patch to a clean distribution, compile, and run the -regression test suite (you did remember to add one for your -patch, didn't you). - -=back - -=head2 An example patch creation - -This should work for most patches: - - cp MANIFEST MANIFEST.old - emacs MANIFEST - (make changes) - cd .. - diff -c perl5.008_42/MANIFEST.old perl5.008_42/MANIFEST > mypatch - (testing the patch:) - mv perl5.008_42/MANIFEST perl5.008_42/MANIFEST.new - cp perl5.008_42/MANIFEST.old perl5.008_42/MANIFEST - patch -p < mypatch - (should succeed) - diff perl5.008_42/MANIFEST perl5.008_42/MANIFEST.new - (should produce no output) - -=head2 Submitting your patch - -=over 4 - -=item Mailers - -Please, please, please (get the point? 8-) don't use a mailer that -word wraps your patch or that MIME encodes it. Both of these leave -the patch essentially worthless to the maintainer. - -If you have no choice in mailers and no way to get your hands on a -better one there is, of course, a perl solution. Just do this: - - perl -ne 'print pack("u*",$_)' patch > patch.uue - -and post patch.uue with a note saying to unpack it using - - perl -ne 'print unpack("u*",$_)' patch.uue > patch - -=item Subject lines for patches - -The subject line on your patch should read - - [PATCH 5.xxx_xx AREA] Description - -where the x's are replaced by the appropriate version number. -The description should be a very brief but accurate summary of the -problem (don't forget this is an email header). - -Examples: - - [PATCH 5.004_04 DOC] fix minor typos - - [PATCH 5.004_99 CORE] New warning for foo() when frobbing - - [PATCH 5.005_42 CONFIG] Added support for fribnatz 1.5 - -The name of the file being patched makes for a poor subject line if -no other descriptive text accompanies it. - -=item Where to send your patch - -If your patch is for a specific bug in the Perl core, it should be sent -using the perlbug utility. Don't forget to describe the problem and the -fix adequately. - -If it is a patch to a module that you downloaded from CPAN you should -submit your patch to that module's author. - -If your patch addresses one of the items described in perltodo.pod, -please discuss your approach B<before> you make the patch at -<perl5-porters@perl.org>. Be sure to browse the archives of past -discussions (see perltodo.pod for archive locations). - -=back - -=head2 Applying a patch - -=over 4 - -=item General notes on applying patches - -The following are some general notes on applying a patch -to your perl distribution. - -=over 4 - -=item patch C<-p> - -It is generally easier to apply patches with the C<-p N> argument to -patch (where N is the number of path components to skip in the files -found in the headers). This helps reconcile differing paths between -the machine the patch was created on and the machine on which it is -being applied. - -=item Cut and paste - -B<Never> cut and paste a patch into your editor. This usually clobbers -the tabs and confuses patch. - -=item Hand editing patches - -Avoid hand editing patches as this almost always screws up the line -numbers and offsets in the patch, making it useless. - -=back - -=back - -=head2 Final notes - -If you follow these guidelines it will make everybody's life a little -easier. You'll have the satisfaction of having contributed to perl, -others will have an easy time using your work, and it should be easier -for the maintainers to coordinate the occasionally large numbers of -patches received. - -Also, just because you're not a brilliant coder doesn't mean that you -can't contribute. As valuable as code patches are there is always a -need for better documentation (especially considering the general -level of joy that most programmers feel when forced to sit down and -write docs). If all you do is patch the documentation you have still -contributed more than the person who sent in an amazing new feature -that no one can use because no one understands the code (what I'm -getting at is that documentation is both the hardest part to do -(because everyone hates doing it) and the most valuable). - -Mostly, when contributing patches, imagine that it is B<you> receiving -hundreds of patches and that it is B<your> responsibility to integrate -them into the source. Obviously you'd want the patches to be as easy -to apply as possible. Keep that in mind. 8-) - -=head1 Last Modified - -Last modified 21 January 1999 -Daniel Grisinger <dgris@dimensional.com> - -=head1 Author and Copyright Information - -Copyright (c) 1998 Daniel Grisinger - -Adapted from a posting to perl5-porters by Tim Bunce (Tim.Bunce@ig.co.uk). - -I'd like to thank the perl5-porters for their suggestions. diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/patchls b/contrib/perl5/Porting/patchls deleted file mode 100755 index 4329f4c..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/patchls +++ /dev/null @@ -1,574 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/perl -w -# -# patchls - patch listing utility -# -# Input is one or more patchfiles, output is a list of files to be patched. -# -# Copyright (c) 1997 Tim Bunce. All rights reserved. -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -# modify it under the same terms as Perl itself. -# -# With thanks to Tom Horsley for the seed code. - - -use Getopt::Std; -use Text::Wrap qw(wrap $columns); -use Text::Tabs qw(expand unexpand); -use strict; -use vars qw($VERSION); - -$VERSION = 2.11; - -sub usage { -die qq{ - patchls [options] patchfile [ ... ] - - -h no filename headers (like grep), only the listing. - -l no listing (like grep), only the filename headers. - -i Invert: for each patched file list which patch files patch it. - -c Categorise the patch and sort by category (perl specific). - -m print formatted Meta-information (Subject,From,Msg-ID etc). - -p N strip N levels of directory Prefix (like patch), else automatic. - -v more verbose (-d for noisy debugging). - -n give a count of the number of patches applied to a file if >1. - -f F only list patches which patch files matching regexp F - (F has \$ appended unless it contains a /). - -e Expect patched files to Exist (relative to current directory) - Will print warnings for files which don't. Also affects -4 option. - - Read patch from STDIN - other options for special uses: - -I just gather and display summary Information about the patches. - -4 write to stdout the PerForce commands to prepare for patching. - -5 like -4 but add "|| exit 1" after each command - -M T Like -m but only output listed meta tags (eg -M 'Title From') - -W N set wrap width to N (defaults to 70, use 0 for no wrap) - -X list patchfiles that may clash (i.e. patch the same file) - - patchls version $VERSION by Tim Bunce -} -} - -$::opt_p = undef; # undef != 0 -$::opt_d = 0; -$::opt_v = 0; -$::opt_m = 0; -$::opt_n = 0; -$::opt_i = 0; -$::opt_h = 0; -$::opt_l = 0; -$::opt_c = 0; -$::opt_f = ''; -$::opt_e = 0; - -# special purpose options -$::opt_I = 0; -$::opt_4 = 0; # output PerForce commands to prepare for patching -$::opt_5 = 0; -$::opt_M = ''; # like -m but only output these meta items (-M Title) -$::opt_W = 70; # set wrap width columns (see Text::Wrap module) -$::opt_C = 0; # 'Chip' mode (handle from/tags/article/bug files) undocumented -$::opt_X = 0; # list patchfiles that patch the same file - -usage unless @ARGV; - -getopts("dmnihlvecC45Xp:f:IM:W:") or usage; - -$columns = $::opt_W || 9999999; - -$::opt_m = 1 if $::opt_M; -$::opt_4 = 1 if $::opt_5; -$::opt_i = 1 if $::opt_X; - -# see get_meta_info() -my @show_meta = split(' ', $::opt_M || 'Title From Msg-ID Files'); -my %show_meta = map { ($_,1) } @show_meta; - -my %cat_title = ( - 'BUILD' => 'BUILD PROCESS', - 'CORE' => 'CORE LANGUAGE', - 'DOC' => 'DOCUMENTATION', - 'LIB' => 'LIBRARY', - 'PORT1' => 'PORTABILITY - WIN32', - 'PORT2' => 'PORTABILITY - GENERAL', - 'TEST' => 'TESTS', - 'UTIL' => 'UTILITIES', - 'OTHER' => 'OTHER CHANGES', - 'EXT' => 'EXTENSIONS', - 'UNKNOWN' => 'UNKNOWN - NO FILES PATCHED', -); - - -sub get_meta_info { - my $ls = shift; - local($_) = shift; - if (/^From:\s+(.*\S)/i) {; - my $from = $1; # temporary measure for Chip Salzenberg - $from =~ s/chip\@(atlantic\.net|perlsupport\.com)/chip\@pobox.com/; - $from =~ s/\(Tim Bunce\) \(Tim Bunce\)/(Tim Bunce)/; - $ls->{From}{$from} = 1 - } - if (/^Subject:\s+(?:Re: )?(.*\S)/i) { - my $title = $1; - $title =~ s/\[(PATCH|PERL)[\w\. ]*\]:?//g; - $title =~ s/\b(PATCH|PERL)[\w\.]*://g; - $title =~ s/\bRe:\s+/ /g; - $title =~ s/\s+/ /g; - $title =~ s/^\s*(.*?)\s*$/$1/g; - $ls->{Title}{$title} = 1; - } - $ls->{'Msg-ID'}{$1}=1 if /^Message-Id:\s+(.*\S)/i; - $ls->{Date}{$1}=1 if /^Date:\s+(.*\S)/i; - $ls->{$1}{$2}=1 if $::opt_M && /^([-\w]+):\s+(.*\S)/; -} - - -# Style 1: -# *** perl-5.004/embed.h Sat May 10 03:39:32 1997 -# --- perl-5.004.fixed/embed.h Thu May 29 19:48:46 1997 -# *************** -# *** 308,313 **** -# --- 308,314 ---- -# -# Style 2: -# --- perl5.004001/mg.c Sun Jun 08 12:26:24 1997 -# +++ perl5.004-bc/mg.c Sun Jun 08 11:56:08 1997 -# @@ .. @@ -# or for deletions -# --- perl5.004001/mg.c Sun Jun 08 12:26:24 1997 -# +++ /dev/null Sun Jun 08 11:56:08 1997 -# @@ ... @@ -# or (rcs, note the different date format) -# --- 1.18 1997/05/23 19:22:04 -# +++ ./pod/perlembed.pod 1997/06/03 21:41:38 -# -# Variation: -# Index: embed.h - -my %ls; - -my $in; -my $ls; -my $prevline = ''; -my $prevtype = ''; -my (%removed, %added); -my $prologue = 1; # assume prologue till patch or /^exit\b/ seen - - -foreach my $argv (@ARGV) { - $in = $argv; - if (-d $in) { - warn "Ignored directory $in\n"; - next; - } - if ($in eq "-") { - *F = \*STDIN; - } elsif (not open F, "<$in") { - warn "Unable to open $in: $!\n"; - next; - } - print "Reading $in...\n" if $::opt_v and @ARGV > 1; - $ls = $ls{$in} ||= { is_in => 1, in => $in }; - my $type; - while (<F>) { - unless (/^([-+*]{3}) / || /^(Index):/) { - # not an interesting patch line - # but possibly meta-information or prologue - if ($prologue) { - $added{$1} = 1 if /^touch\s+(\S+)/; - $removed{$1} = 1 if /^rm\s+(?:-f)?\s*(\S+)/; - $prologue = 0 if /^exit\b/; - } - get_meta_info($ls, $_) if $::opt_m; - next; - } - $type = $1; - next if /^--- [0-9,]+ ----$/ || /^\*\*\* [0-9,]+ \*\*\*\*$/; - $prologue = 0; - - print "Last: $prevline","This: ${_}Got: $type\n\n" if $::opt_d; - - # Some patches have Index lines but not diff headers - # Patch copes with this, so must we. It's also handy for - # documenting manual changes by simply adding Index: lines - # to the file which describes the problem being fixed. - if (/^Index:\s+(.*)/) { - my $f; - foreach $f (split(/ /, $1)) { add_patched_file($ls, $f) } - next; - } - - if ( ($type eq '---' and $prevtype eq '***') # Style 1 - or ($type eq '+++' and $prevtype eq '---') # Style 2 - ) { - if (/^[-+*]{3} (\S+)\s*(.*?\d\d:\d\d:\d\d)?/) { # double check - if ($1 eq "/dev/null") { - $prevline =~ /^[-+*]{3} (\S+)\s*/; - add_deleted_file($ls, $1); - } - else { - add_patched_file($ls, $1); - } - } - else { - warn "$in $.: parse error (prev $prevtype, type $type)\n$prevline$_"; - } - } - } - continue { - $prevline = $_; - $prevtype = $type || ''; - $type = ''; - } - - # special mode for patch sets from Chip - if ($in =~ m:[\\/]patch$:) { - my $is_chip; - my $chip; - my $dir; ($dir = $in) =~ s:[\\/]patch$::; - if (!$ls->{From} && (open(CHIP,"$dir/article") || open(CHIP,"$dir/bug"))) { - get_meta_info($ls, $_) while (<CHIP>); - $is_chip = 1; - } - if (open CHIP,"<$dir/from") { - chop($chip = <CHIP>); - $ls->{From} = { $chip => 1 }; - $is_chip = 1; - } - if (open CHIP,"<$dir/tag") { - chop($chip = <CHIP>); - $ls->{Title} = { $chip => 1 }; - $is_chip = 1; - } - $ls->{From} = { "Chip Salzenberg" => 1 } if $is_chip && !$ls->{From}; - } - - # if we don't have a title for -m then use the file name - $ls->{Title}{"Untitled: $in"}=1 if $::opt_m - and !$ls->{Title} and $ls->{out}; - - $ls->{category} = $::opt_c - ? categorize_files([keys %{ $ls->{out} }], $::opt_v) : ''; -} -print scalar(@ARGV)." files read.\n" if $::opt_v and @ARGV > 1; - - -# --- Firstly we filter and sort as needed --- - -my @ls = values %ls; - -if ($::opt_f) { # filter out patches based on -f <regexp> - $::opt_f .= '$' unless $::opt_f =~ m:/:; - @ls = grep { - my $match = 0; - if ($_->{is_in}) { - my @out = keys %{ $_->{out} }; - $match=1 if grep { m/$::opt_f/o } @out; - } - else { - $match=1 if $_->{in} =~ m/$::opt_f/o; - } - $match; - } @ls; -} - -@ls = sort { - $a->{category} cmp $b->{category} || $a->{in} cmp $b->{in} -} @ls; - - -# --- Handle special modes --- - -if ($::opt_4) { - my $tail = ($::opt_5) ? "|| exit 1" : ""; - print map { "p4 delete $_$tail\n" } sort keys %removed if %removed; - print map { "p4 add $_$tail\n" } sort keys %added if %added; - my @patches = sort grep { $_->{is_in} } @ls; - my @no_outs = grep { keys %{$_->{out}} == 0 } @patches; - warn "Warning: Some files contain no patches:", - join("\n\t", '', map { $_->{in} } @no_outs), "\n" if @no_outs; - - my %patched = map { ($_, 1) } map { keys %{$_->{out}} } @patches; - delete @patched{keys %added}; - my @patched = sort keys %patched; - foreach(@patched) { - next if $removed{$_}; - my $edit = ($::opt_e && !-f $_) ? "add " : "edit"; - print "p4 $edit $_$tail\n"; - } - exit 0 unless $::opt_C; -} - - -if ($::opt_I) { - my $n_patches = 0; - my($in,$out); - my %all_out; - my @no_outs; - foreach $in (@ls) { - next unless $in->{is_in}; - ++$n_patches; - my @outs = keys %{$in->{out}}; - push @no_outs, $in unless @outs; - @all_out{@outs} = ($in->{in}) x @outs; - } - my @all_out = sort keys %all_out; - my @missing = grep { ! -f $_ } @all_out; - print "$n_patches patch files patch ".@all_out." files (".@missing." missing)\n"; - print @no_outs." patch files don't contain patches.\n" if @no_outs; - print "(use -v to list patches which patch 'missing' files)\n" - if (@missing || @no_outs) && !$::opt_v; - if ($::opt_v and @no_outs) { - print "Patch files which don't contain patches:\n"; - foreach $out (@no_outs) { - printf " %-20s\n", $out->{in}; - } - } - if ($::opt_v and @missing) { - print "Missing files:\n"; - foreach $out (@missing) { - printf " %-20s\t", $out unless $::opt_h; - print $all_out{$out} unless $::opt_l; - print "\n"; - } - } - print "Added files: ".join(" ",sort keys %added )."\n" if %added; - print "Removed files: ".join(" ",sort keys %removed)."\n" if %removed; - exit 0+@missing; -} - -unless ($::opt_c and $::opt_m) { - foreach $ls (@ls) { - next unless ($::opt_i) ? $ls->{is_out} : $ls->{is_in}; - next if $::opt_X and keys %{$ls->{out}} <= 1; - list_files_by_patch($ls); - } -} -else { - my $c = ''; - foreach $ls (@ls) { - next unless ($::opt_i) ? $ls->{is_out} : $ls->{is_in}; - print "\n ------ $cat_title{$ls->{category}} ------\n" - if $ls->{category} ne $c; - $c = $ls->{category}; - unless ($::opt_i) { - list_files_by_patch($ls); - } - else { - my $out = $ls->{in}; - print "\n$out patched by:\n"; - # find all the patches which patch $out and list them - my @p = grep { $_->{out}->{$out} } values %ls; - foreach $ls (@p) { - list_files_by_patch($ls, ''); - } - } - } - print "\n"; -} - -exit 0; - - -# --- - - -sub add_patched_file { - my $ls = shift; - my $raw_name = shift; - my $action = shift || 1; # 1==patched, 2==deleted - - my $out = trim_name($raw_name); - print "add_patched_file '$out' ($raw_name, $action)\n" if $::opt_d; - - $ls->{out}->{$out} = $action; - - warn "$out patched but not present\n" if $::opt_e && !-f $out; - - # do the -i inverse as well, even if we're not doing -i - my $i = $ls{$out} ||= { - is_out => 1, - in => $out, - category => $::opt_c ? categorize_files([ $out ], $::opt_v) : '', - }; - $i->{out}->{$in} = 1; -} - -sub add_deleted_file { - my $ls = shift; - my $raw_name = shift; - my $out = trim_name($raw_name); - print "add_deleted_file '$out' ($raw_name)\n" if $::opt_d; - $removed{$out} = 1; - #add_patched_file(@_[0,1], 2); -} - - -sub trim_name { # reduce/tidy file paths from diff lines - my $name = shift; - $name =~ s:\\:/:g; # adjust windows paths - $name =~ s://:/:g; # simplify (and make win \\share into absolute path) - if ($name eq "/dev/null") { - # do nothing (XXX but we need a way to record deletions) - } - elsif (defined $::opt_p) { - # strip on -p levels of directory prefix - my $dc = $::opt_p; - $name =~ s:^[^/]+/(.+)$:$1: while $dc-- > 0; - } - else { # try to strip off leading path to perl directory - # if absolute path, strip down to any *perl* directory first - $name =~ s:^/.*?perl.*?/::i; - $name =~ s:.*(perl|maint)[-_]?5?[._]?[-_a-z0-9.+]*/::i; - $name =~ s:^\./::; - } - return $name; -} - - -sub list_files_by_patch { - my($ls, $name) = @_; - $name = $ls->{in} unless defined $name; - my @meta; - if ($::opt_m) { - my $meta; - foreach $meta (@show_meta) { - next unless $ls->{$meta}; - my @list = sort keys %{$ls->{$meta}}; - push @meta, sprintf "%7s: ", $meta; - if ($meta eq 'Title') { - @list = map { "\"$_\""; } @list; - push @list, "#$1" if $::opt_C && $ls->{in} =~ m:\b(\w\d+)/patch$:; - } - elsif ($meta eq 'From') { - # fix-up bizzare addresses from japan and ibm :-) - foreach(@list) { - s:\W+=?iso.*?<: <:; - s/\d\d-\w\w\w-\d{4}\s+\d\d:\S+\s*//; - } - } - elsif ($meta eq 'Msg-ID') { - my %from; # limit long threads to one msg-id per site - @list = map { - $from{(/@(.*?)>/ ? $1 : $_)}++ ? () : ($_); - } @list; - } - push @meta, my_wrap(""," ", join(", ",@list)."\n"); - } - $name = "\n$name" if @meta and $name; - } - # don't print the header unless the file contains something interesting - return if !@meta and !$ls->{out} and !$::opt_v; - if ($::opt_l) { # -l = no listing, just names - print "$ls->{in}"; - my $n = keys %{ $ls->{out} }; - print " ($n patches)" if $::opt_n and $n>1; - print "\n"; - return; - } - - # a twisty maze of little options - my $cat = ($ls->{category} and !$::opt_m) ? "\t$ls->{category}" : ""; - print "$name$cat: " unless ($::opt_h and !$::opt_v) or !"$name$cat"; - my $sep = "\n"; - $sep = "" if @show_meta==1 && $::opt_c && $::opt_h; - print join('', $sep, @meta) if @meta; - - return if $::opt_m && !$show_meta{Files}; - my @v = sort PATORDER keys %{ $ls->{out} }; - my $n = @v; - my $v = "@v"; - print $::opt_m ? " Files: ".my_wrap(""," ",$v) : $v; - print " ($n patches)" if $::opt_n and $n>1; - print "\n"; -} - - -sub my_wrap { - my $txt = eval { expand(wrap(@_)) }; # die's on long lines! - return $txt unless $@; - return expand("@_"); -} - - - -sub categorize_files { - my($files, $verb) = @_; - my(%c, $refine); - - foreach (@$files) { # assign a score to a file path - # the order of some of the tests is important - $c{TEST} += 5,next if m:^t/:; - $c{DOC} += 5,next if m:^pod/:; - $c{UTIL} += 10,next if m:^(utils|x2p|h2pl)/:; - $c{PORT1}+= 15,next if m:^win32:; - $c{PORT2} += 15,next - if m:^(cygwin|os2|plan9|qnx|vms)/: - or m:^(hints|Porting|ext/DynaLoader)/: - or m:^README\.:; - $c{EXT} += 10,next - if m:^(ext|lib/ExtUtils)/:; - $c{LIB} += 10,next - if m:^(lib)/:; - $c{'CORE'} += 15,next - if m:^[^/]+[\._]([chH]|sym|pl)$:; - $c{BUILD} += 10,next - if m:^[A-Z]+$: or m:^[^/]+\.SH$: - or m:^(install|configure|configpm):i; - print "Couldn't categorise $_\n" if $::opt_v; - $c{OTHER} += 1; - } - if (keys %c > 1) { # sort to find category with highest score - refine: - ++$refine; - my @c = sort { $c{$b} <=> $c{$a} || $a cmp $b } keys %c; - my @v = map { $c{$_} } @c; - if (@v > 1 and $refine <= 1 and "@v" =~ /^(\d) \1/ - and $c[0] =~ m/^(DOC|TESTS|OTHER)/) { # rare - print "Tie, promoting $c[1] over $c[0]\n" if $::opt_d; - ++$c{$c[1]}; - goto refine; - } - print " ".@$files." patches: ", join(", ", map { "$_: $c{$_}" } @c),".\n" - if $verb; - return $c[0] || 'OTHER'; - } - else { - my($c, $v) = %c; - $c ||= 'UNKNOWN'; $v ||= 0; - print " ".@$files." patches: $c: $v\n" if $verb; - return $c; - } -} - - -sub PATORDER { # PATORDER sort by Chip Salzenberg - my ($i, $j); - - $i = ($a =~ m#^[A-Z]+$#); - $j = ($b =~ m#^[A-Z]+$#); - return $j - $i if $i != $j; - - $i = ($a =~ m#configure|hint#i) || ($a =~ m#[S_]H$#); - $j = ($b =~ m#configure|hint#i) || ($b =~ m#[S_]H$#); - return $j - $i if $i != $j; - - $i = ($a =~ m#\.pod$#); - $j = ($b =~ m#\.pod$#); - return $j - $i if $i != $j; - - $i = ($a =~ m#include/#); - $j = ($b =~ m#include/#); - return $j - $i if $i != $j; - - if ((($i = $a) =~ s#/+[^/]*$##) - && (($j = $b) =~ s#/+[^/]*$##)) { - return $i cmp $j if $i ne $j; - } - - $i = ($a =~ m#\.h$#); - $j = ($b =~ m#\.h$#); - return $j - $i if $i != $j; - - return $a cmp $b; -} - diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/pumpkin.pod b/contrib/perl5/Porting/pumpkin.pod deleted file mode 100644 index 3bc9d09..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/pumpkin.pod +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1385 +0,0 @@ -=head1 NAME - -Pumpkin - Notes on handling the Perl Patch Pumpkin - -=head1 SYNOPSIS - -There is no simple synopsis, yet. - -=head1 DESCRIPTION - -This document attempts to begin to describe some of the considerations -involved in patching, porting, and maintaining perl. - -This document is still under construction, and still subject to -significant changes. Still, I hope parts of it will be useful, -so I'm releasing it even though it's not done. - -For the most part, it's a collection of anecdotal information that -already assumes some familiarity with the Perl sources. I really need -an introductory section that describes the organization of the sources -and all the various auxiliary files that are part of the distribution. - -=head1 Where Do I Get Perl Sources and Related Material? - -The Comprehensive Perl Archive Network (or CPAN) is the place to go. -There are many mirrors, but the easiest thing to use is probably -http://www.perl.com/CPAN/README.html , which automatically points you to a -mirror site "close" to you. - -=head2 Perl5-porters mailing list - -The mailing list perl5-porters@perl.org -is the main group working with the development of perl. If you're -interested in all the latest developments, you should definitely -subscribe. The list is high volume, but generally has a -fairly low noise level. - -Subscribe by sending the message (in the body of your letter) - - subscribe perl5-porters - -to perl5-porters-request@perl.org . - -Archives of the list are held at: - - http://www.rosat.mpe-garching.mpg.de/mailing-lists/perl-porters/ - -=head1 How are Perl Releases Numbered? - -Beginning with v5.6.0, even versions will stand for maintenance releases -and odd versions for development releases, i.e., v5.6.x for maintenance -releases, and v5.7.x for development releases. Before v5.6.0, subversions -_01 through _49 were reserved for bug-fix maintenance releases, and -subversions _50 through _99 for unstable development versions. - -For example, in v5.6.1, the revision number is 5, the version is 6, -and 1 is the subversion. - -For compatibility with the older numbering scheme the composite floating -point version number continues to be available as the magic variable $], -and amounts to C<$revision + $version/1000 + $subversion/100000>. This -can still be used in comparisons. - - print "You've got an old perl\n" if $] < 5.005_03; - -In addition, the version is also available as a string in $^V. - - print "You've got a new perl\n" if $^V and $^V ge v5.6.0; - -You can also require particular version (or later) with: - - use 5.006; - -or using the new syntax available only from v5.6 onward: - - use v5.6.0; - -At some point in the future, we may need to decide what to call the -next big revision. In the .package file used by metaconfig to -generate Configure, there are two variables that might be relevant: -$baserev=5 and $package=perl5. - -Perl releases produced by the members of perl5-porters are usually -available on CPAN in the F<src/5.0/maint> and F<src/5.0/devel> -directories. - -=head2 Maintenance and Development Subversions - -The first rule of maintenance work is "First, do no harm." - -Trial releases of bug-fix maintenance releases are announced on -perl5-porters. Trial releases use the new subversion number (to avoid -testers installing it over the previous release) and include a 'local -patch' entry in patchlevel.h. The distribution file contains the -string C<MAINT_TRIAL> to make clear that the file is not meant for -public consumption. - -In general, the names of official distribution files for the public -always match the regular expression: - - ^perl\d+\.(\d+)\.\d+(-MAINT_TRIAL_\d+)\.tar\.gz$ - -C<$1> in the pattern is always an even number for maintenance -versions, and odd for developer releases. - -In the past it has been observed that pumkings tend to invent new -naming conventions on the fly. If you are a pumpking, before you -invent a new name for any of the three types of perl distributions, -please inform the guys from the CPAN who are doing indexing and -provide the trees of symlinks and the like. They will have to know -I<in advance> what you decide. - -=head2 Why is it called the patch pumpkin? - -Chip Salzenberg gets credit for that, with a nod to his cow orker, -David Croy. We had passed around various names (baton, token, hot -potato) but none caught on. Then, Chip asked: - -[begin quote] - - Who has the patch pumpkin? - -To explain: David Croy once told me once that at a previous job, -there was one tape drive and multiple systems that used it for backups. -But instead of some high-tech exclusion software, they used a low-tech -method to prevent multiple simultaneous backups: a stuffed pumpkin. -No one was allowed to make backups unless they had the "backup pumpkin". - -[end quote] - -The name has stuck. - -=head1 Philosophical Issues in Patching and Porting Perl - -There are no absolute rules, but there are some general guidelines I -have tried to follow as I apply patches to the perl sources. -(This section is still under construction.) - -=head2 Solve problems as generally as possible - -Never implement a specific restricted solution to a problem when you -can solve the same problem in a more general, flexible way. - -For example, for dynamic loading to work on some SVR4 systems, we had -to build a shared libperl.so library. In order to build "FAT" binaries -on NeXT 4.0 systems, we had to build a special libperl library. Rather -than continuing to build a contorted nest of special cases, I -generalized the process of building libperl so that NeXT and SVR4 users -could still get their work done, but others could build a shared -libperl if they wanted to as well. - -Contain your changes carefully. Assume nothing about other operating -systems, not even closely related ones. Your changes must not affect -other platforms. - -Spy shamelessly on how similar patching or porting issues have been -settled elsewhere. - -If feasible, try to keep filenames 8.3-compliant to humor those poor -souls that get joy from running Perl under such dire limitations. - -=head2 Seek consensus on major changes - -If you are making big changes, don't do it in secret. Discuss the -ideas in advance on perl5-porters. - -=head2 Keep the documentation up-to-date - -If your changes may affect how users use perl, then check to be sure -that the documentation is in sync with your changes. Be sure to -check all the files F<pod/*.pod> and also the F<INSTALL> document. - -Consider writing the appropriate documentation first and then -implementing your change to correspond to the documentation. - -=head2 Avoid machine-specific #ifdef's - -To the extent reasonable, try to avoid machine-specific #ifdef's in -the sources. Instead, use feature-specific #ifdef's. The reason is -that the machine-specific #ifdef's may not be valid across major -releases of the operating system. Further, the feature-specific tests -may help out folks on another platform who have the same problem. - -=head2 Machine-specific files - -=over 4 - -=item source code - -If you have many machine-specific #defines or #includes, consider -creating an "osish.h" (os2ish.h, vmsish.h, and so on) and including -that in perl.h. If you have several machine-specific files (function -emulations, function stubs, build utility wrappers) you may create a -separate subdirectory (djgpp, win32) and put the files in there. -Remember to update C<MANIFEST> when you add files. - -If your system supports dynamic loading but none of the existing -methods at F<ext/DynaLoader/dl_*.xs> work for you, you must write -a new one. Study the existing ones to see what kind of interface -you must supply. - -=item build hints - -There are two kinds of hints: hints for building Perl and hints for -extensions. The former live in the C<hints> subdirectory, the latter -in C<ext/*/hints> subdirectories. - -The top level hints are Bourne-shell scripts that set, modify and -unset appropriate Configure variables, based on the Configure command -line options and possibly existing config.sh and Policy.sh files from -previous Configure runs. - -The extension hints are written in Perl (by the time they are used -miniperl has been built) and control the building of their respective -extensions. They can be used to for example manipulate compilation -and linking flags. - -=item build and installation Makefiles, scripts, and so forth - -Sometimes you will also need to tweak the Perl build and installation -procedure itself, like for example F<Makefile.SH> and F<installperl>. -Tread very carefully, even more than usual. Contain your changes -with utmost care. - -=item test suite - -Many of the tests in C<t> subdirectory assume machine-specific things -like existence of certain functions, something about filesystem -semantics, certain external utilities and their error messages. Use -the C<$^O> and the C<Config> module (which contains the results of the -Configure run, in effect the C<config.sh> converted to Perl) to either -skip (preferably not) or customize (preferable) the tests for your -platform. - -=item modules - -Certain standard modules may need updating if your operating system -sports for example a native filesystem naming. You may want to update -some or all of the modules File::Basename, File::Spec, File::Path, and -File::Copy to become aware of your native filesystem syntax and -peculiarities. - -=item documentation - -If your operating system comes from outside UNIX you almost certainly -will have differences in the available operating system functionality -(missing system calls, different semantics, whatever). Please -document these at F<pod/perlport.pod>. If your operating system is -the first B<not> to have a system call also update the list of -"portability-bewares" at the beginning of F<pod/perlfunc.pod>. - -A file called F<README.youros> at the top level that explains things -like how to install perl at this platform, where to get any possibly -required additional software, and for example what test suite errors -to expect, is nice too. Such files are in the process of being written -in pod format and will eventually be renamed F<INSTALL.youros>. - -You may also want to write a separate F<.pod> file for your operating -system to tell about existing mailing lists, os-specific modules, -documentation, whatever. Please name these along the lines of -F<perl>I<youros>.pod. [unfinished: where to put this file (the pod/ -subdirectory, of course: but more importantly, which/what index files -should be updated?)] - -=back - -=head2 Allow for lots of testing - -We should never release a main version without testing it as a -subversion first. - -=head2 Test popular applications and modules. - -We should never release a main version without testing whether or not -it breaks various popular modules and applications. A partial list of -such things would include majordomo, metaconfig, apache, Tk, CGI, -libnet, and libwww, to name just a few. Of course it's quite possible -that some of those things will be just plain broken and need to be fixed, -but, in general, we ought to try to avoid breaking widely-installed -things. - -=head2 Automated generation of derivative files - -The F<embed.h>, F<keywords.h>, F<opcode.h>, and F<perltoc.pod> files -are all automatically generated by perl scripts. In general, don't -patch these directly; patch the data files instead. - -F<Configure> and F<config_h.SH> are also automatically generated by -B<metaconfig>. In general, you should patch the metaconfig units -instead of patching these files directly. However, very minor changes -to F<Configure> may be made in between major sync-ups with the -metaconfig units, which tends to be complicated operations. But be -careful, this can quickly spiral out of control. Running metaconfig -is not really hard. - -Also F<Makefile> is automatically produced from F<Makefile.SH>. -In general, look out for all F<*.SH> files. - -Finally, the sample files in the F<Porting/> subdirectory are -generated automatically by the script F<U/mksample> included -with the metaconfig units. See L<"run metaconfig"> below for -information on obtaining the metaconfig units. - -=head1 How to Make a Distribution - -There really ought to be a 'make dist' target, but there isn't. -The 'dist' suite of tools also contains a number of tools that I haven't -learned how to use yet. Some of them may make this all a bit easier. - -Here are the steps I go through to prepare a patch & distribution. - -Lots of it could doubtless be automated but isn't. The Porting/makerel -(make release) perl script does now help automate some parts of it. - -=head2 Announce your intentions - -First, you should volunteer out loud to take the patch pumpkin. It's -generally counter-productive to have multiple people working in secret -on the same thing. - -At the same time, announce what you plan to do with the patch pumpkin, -to allow folks a chance to object or suggest alternatives, or do it for -you. Naturally, the patch pumpkin holder ought to incorporate various -bug fixes and documentation improvements that are posted while he or -she has the pumpkin, but there might also be larger issues at stake. - -One of the precepts of the subversion idea is that we shouldn't give -the patch pumpkin to anyone unless we have some idea what he or she -is going to do with it. - -=head2 refresh pod/perltoc.pod - -Presumably, you have done a full C<make> in your working source -directory. Before you C<make spotless> (if you do), and if you have -changed any documentation in any module or pod file, change to the -F<pod> directory and run C<make toc>. - -=head2 run installhtml to check the validity of the pod files - -=head2 update patchlevel.h - -Don't be shy about using the subversion number, even for a relatively -modest patch. We've never even come close to using all 99 subversions, -and it's better to have a distinctive number for your patch. If you -need feedback on your patch, go ahead and issue it and promise to -incorporate that feedback quickly (e.g. within 1 week) and send out a -second patch. - -=head2 run metaconfig - -If you need to make changes to Configure or config_h.SH, it may be best to -change the appropriate metaconfig units instead, and regenerate Configure. - - metaconfig -m - -will regenerate Configure and config_h.SH. Much more information -on obtaining and running metaconfig is in the F<U/README> file -that comes with Perl's metaconfig units. Perl's metaconfig units -should be available on CPAN. A set of units that will work with -perl5.005 is in the file F<mc_units-5.005_00-01.tar.gz> under -http://www.perl.com/CPAN/authors/id/ANDYD/ . The mc_units tar file -should be unpacked in your main perl source directory. Note: those -units were for use with 5.005. There may have been changes since then. -Check for later versions or contact perl5-porters@perl.org to obtain a -pointer to the current version. - -Alternatively, do consider if the F<*ish.h> files might be a better -place for your changes. - -=head2 MANIFEST - -Make sure the MANIFEST is up-to-date. You can use dist's B<manicheck> -program for this. You can also use - - perl -w -MExtUtils::Manifest=fullcheck -e fullcheck - -Both commands will also list extra files in the directory that are not -listed in MANIFEST. - -The MANIFEST is normally sorted. - -If you are using metaconfig to regenerate Configure, then you should note -that metaconfig actually uses MANIFEST.new, so you want to be sure -MANIFEST.new is up-to-date too. I haven't found the MANIFEST/MANIFEST.new -distinction particularly useful, but that's probably because I still haven't -learned how to use the full suite of tools in the dist distribution. - -=head2 Check permissions - -All the tests in the t/ directory ought to be executable. The -main makefile used to do a 'chmod t/*/*.t', but that resulted in -a self-modifying distribution--something some users would strongly -prefer to avoid. The F<t/TEST> script will check for this -and do the chmod if needed, but the tests still ought to be -executable. - -In all, the following files should probably be executable: - - Configure - configpm - configure.gnu - embed.pl - installperl - installman - keywords.pl - myconfig - opcode.pl - perly.fixer - t/TEST - t/*/*.t - *.SH - vms/ext/Stdio/test.pl - vms/ext/filespec.t - x2p/*.SH - -Other things ought to be readable, at least :-). - -Probably, the permissions for the files could be encoded in MANIFEST -somehow, but I'm reluctant to change MANIFEST itself because that -could break old scripts that use MANIFEST. - -I seem to recall that some SVR3 systems kept some sort of file that listed -permissions for system files; something like that might be appropriate. - -=head2 Run Configure - -This will build a config.sh and config.h. You can skip this if you haven't -changed Configure or config_h.SH at all. I use the following command - - sh Configure -Dprefix=/opt/perl -Doptimize=-O -Dusethreads \ - -Dcf_by='yourname' \ - -Dcf_email='yourname@yourhost.yourplace.com' \ - -Dperladmin='yourname@yourhost.yourplace.com' \ - -Dmydomain='.yourplace.com' \ - -Dmyhostname='yourhost' \ - -des - -=head2 Update Porting/config.sh and Porting/config_H - -[XXX -This section needs revision. We're currently working on easing -the task of keeping the vms, win32, and plan9 config.sh info -up-to-date. The plan is to use keep up-to-date 'canned' config.sh -files in the appropriate subdirectories and then generate 'canned' -config.h files for vms, win32, etc. from the generic config.sh file. -This is to ease maintenance. When Configure gets updated, the parts -sometimes get scrambled around, and the changes in config_H can -sometimes be very hard to follow. config.sh, on the other hand, can -safely be sorted, so it's easy to track (typically very small) changes -to config.sh and then propoagate them to a canned 'config.h' by any -number of means, including a perl script in win32/ or carrying -config.sh and config_h.SH to a Unix system and running sh -config_h.SH.) Vms uses configure.com to generate its own config.sh -and config.h. If you want to add a new variable to config.sh check -with vms folk how to add it to configure.com too. -XXX] - -The Porting/config.sh and Porting/config_H files are provided to -help those folks who can't run Configure. It is important to keep -them up-to-date. If you have changed config_h.SH, those changes must -be reflected in config_H as well. (The name config_H was chosen to -distinguish the file from config.h even on case-insensitive file systems.) -Simply edit the existing config_H file; keep the first few explanatory -lines and then copy your new config.h below. - -It may also be necessary to update win32/config.?c, and -plan9/config.plan9, though you should be quite careful in doing so if -you are not familiar with those systems. You might want to issue your -patch with a promise to quickly issue a follow-up that handles those -directories. - -=head2 make run_byacc - -If you have byacc-1.8.2 (available from CPAN), and if there have been -changes to F<perly.y>, you can regenerate the F<perly.c> file. The -run_byacc makefile target does this by running byacc and then applying -some patches so that byacc dynamically allocates space, rather than -having fixed limits. This patch is handled by the F<perly.fixer> -script. Depending on the nature of the changes to F<perly.y>, you may -or may not have to hand-edit the patch to apply correctly. If you do, -you should include the edited patch in the new distribution. If you -have byacc-1.9, the patch won't apply cleanly. Changes to the printf -output statements mean the patch won't apply cleanly. Long ago I -started to fix F<perly.fixer> to detect this, but I never completed the -task. - -If C<perly.c> or C<perly.h> changes, make sure you run C<perl vms/vms_yfix.pl> -to update the corresponding VMS files. This could be taken care of by -the regen_all target in the Unix Makefile. See also -L<VMS-specific updates>. - -Some additional notes from Larry on this: - -Don't forget to regenerate perly_c.diff. - - byacc -d perly.y - mv y.tab.c perly.c - patch perly.c <perly_c.diff - # manually apply any failed hunks - diff -c2 perly.c.orig perly.c >perly_c.diff - -One chunk of lines that often fails begins with - - #line 29 "perly.y" - -and ends one line before - - #define YYERRCODE 256 - -This only happens when you add or remove a token type. I suppose this -could be automated, but it doesn't happen very often nowadays. - -Larry - -=head2 make regen_all - -This target takes care of the PERLYVMS, regen_headers, and regen_pods -targets. - -=head2 make regen_headers - -The F<embed.h>, F<keywords.h>, and F<opcode.h> files are all automatically -generated by perl scripts. Since the user isn't guaranteed to have a -working perl, we can't require the user to generate them. Hence you have -to, if you're making a distribution. - -I used to include rules like the following in the makefile: - - # The following three header files are generated automatically - # The correct versions should be already supplied with the perl kit, - # in case you don't have perl or 'sh' available. - # The - is to ignore error return codes in case you have the source - # installed read-only or you don't have perl yet. - keywords.h: keywords.pl - @echo "Don't worry if this fails." - - perl keywords.pl - - -However, I got B<lots> of mail consisting of people worrying because the -command failed. I eventually decided that I would save myself time -and effort by manually running C<make regen_headers> myself rather -than answering all the questions and complaints about the failing -command. - -=head2 make regen_pods - -Will run `make regen_pods` in the pod directory for indexing. - -=head2 global.sym, interp.sym and perlio.sym - -Make sure these files are up-to-date. Read the comments in these -files and in perl_exp.SH to see what to do. - -=head2 Binary compatibility - -If you do change F<global.sym> or F<interp.sym>, think carefully about -what you are doing. To the extent reasonable, we'd like to maintain -source and binary compatibility with older releases of perl. That way, -extensions built under one version of perl will continue to work with -new versions of perl. - -Of course, some incompatible changes may well be necessary. I'm just -suggesting that we not make any such changes without thinking carefully -about them first. If possible, we should provide -backwards-compatibility stubs. There's a lot of XS code out there. -Let's not force people to keep changing it. - -=head2 Changes - -Be sure to update the F<Changes> file. Try to include both an overall -summary as well as detailed descriptions of the changes. Your -audience will include other developers and users, so describe -user-visible changes (if any) in terms they will understand, not in -code like "initialize foo variable in bar function". - -There are differing opinions on whether the detailed descriptions -ought to go in the Changes file or whether they ought to be available -separately in the patch file (or both). There is no disagreement that -detailed descriptions ought to be easily available somewhere. - -=head2 Todo - -The F<Todo> file contains a roughly-catgorized unordered list of -aspects of Perl that could use enhancement, features that could be -added, areas that could be cleaned up, and so on. During your term as -pumpkin-holder, you will probably address some of these issues, and -perhaps identify others which, while you decide not to address them -this time around, may be tackled in the future. Update the file -reflect the situation as it stands when you hand over the pumpkin. - -You might like, early in your pumpkin-holding career, to see if you -can find champions for partiticular issues on the to-do list: an issue -owned is an issue more likely to be resolved. - -There are also some more porting-specific L<Todo> items later in this -file. - -=head2 OS/2-specific updates - -In the os2 directory is F<diff.configure>, a set of OS/2-specific -diffs against B<Configure>. If you make changes to Configure, you may -want to consider regenerating this diff file to save trouble for the -OS/2 maintainer. - -You can also consider the OS/2 diffs as reminders of portability -things that need to be fixed in Configure. - -=head2 VMS-specific updates - -If you have changed F<perly.y> or F<perly.c>, then you most probably want -to update F<vms/perly_{h,c}.vms> by running C<perl vms/vms_yfix.pl>, or -by running `make regen_all` which will run that script for you. - -The Perl revision number appears as "perl5" in configure.com. -It is courteous to update that if necessary. - -=head2 Making the new distribution - -Suppose, for example, that you want to make version 5.004_08. Then you can -do something like the following - - mkdir ../perl5.004_08 - awk '{print $1}' MANIFEST | cpio -pdm ../perl5.004_08 - cd ../ - tar cf perl5.004_08.tar perl5.004_08 - gzip --best perl5.004_08.tar - -These steps, with extra checks, are automated by the Porting/makerel -script. - -=head2 Making a new patch - -I find the F<makepatch> utility quite handy for making patches. -You can obtain it from any CPAN archive under -http://www.perl.com/CPAN/authors/Johan_Vromans/ . There are a couple -of differences between my version and the standard one. I have mine do -a - - # Print a reassuring "End of Patch" note so people won't - # wonder if their mailer truncated patches. - print "\n\nEnd of Patch.\n"; - -at the end. That's because I used to get questions from people asking -if their mail was truncated. - -It also writes Index: lines which include the new directory prefix -(change Index: print, approx line 294 or 310 depending on the version, -to read: print PATCH ("Index: $newdir$new\n");). That helps patches -work with more POSIX conformant patch programs. - -Here's how I generate a new patch. I'll use the hypothetical -5.004_07 to 5.004_08 patch as an example. - - # unpack perl5.004_07/ - gzip -d -c perl5.004_07.tar.gz | tar -xof - - # unpack perl5.004_08/ - gzip -d -c perl5.004_08.tar.gz | tar -xof - - makepatch perl5.004_07 perl5.004_08 > perl5.004_08.pat - -Makepatch will automatically generate appropriate B<rm> commands to remove -deleted files. Unfortunately, it will not correctly set permissions -for newly created files, so you may have to do so manually. For example, -patch 5.003_04 created a new test F<t/op/gv.t> which needs to be executable, -so at the top of the patch, I inserted the following lines: - - # Make a new test - touch t/op/gv.t - chmod +x t/opt/gv.t - -Now, of course, my patch is now wrong because makepatch didn't know I -was going to do that command, and it patched against /dev/null. - -So, what I do is sort out all such shell commands that need to be in the -patch (including possible mv-ing of files, if needed) and put that in the -shell commands at the top of the patch. Next, I delete all the patch parts -of perl5.004_08.pat, leaving just the shell commands. Then, I do the -following: - - cd perl5.004_07 - sh ../perl5.004_08.pat - cd .. - makepatch perl5.004_07 perl5.004_08 >> perl5.004_08.pat - -(Note the append to preserve my shell commands.) -Now, my patch will line up with what the end users are going to do. - -=head2 Testing your patch - -It seems obvious, but be sure to test your patch. That is, verify that -it produces exactly the same thing as your full distribution. - - rm -rf perl5.004_07 - gzip -d -c perl5.004_07.tar.gz | tar -xf - - cd perl5.004_07 - sh ../perl5.004_08.pat - patch -p1 -N < ../perl5.004_08.pat - cd .. - gdiff -r perl5.004_07 perl5.004_08 - -where B<gdiff> is GNU diff. Other diff's may also do recursive checking. - -=head2 More testing - -Again, it's obvious, but you should test your new version as widely as you -can. You can be sure you'll hear about it quickly if your version doesn't -work on both ANSI and pre-ANSI compilers, and on common systems such as -SunOS 4.1.[34], Solaris, and Linux. - -If your changes include conditional code, try to test the different -branches as thoroughly as you can. For example, if your system -supports dynamic loading, you can also test static loading with - - sh Configure -Uusedl - -You can also hand-tweak your config.h to try out different #ifdef -branches. - -=head2 Other tests - -=over 4 - -=item CHECK_FORMAT - -To test the correct use of printf-style arguments, C<Configure> with -S<-Dccflags='-DCHECK_FORMAT -Wformat'> and run C<make>. The compiler -will produce warning of incorrect use of format arguments. CHECK_FORMAT -changes perl-defined formats to common formats, so DO NOT USE the executable -produced by this process. - -A more accurate approach is the following commands: - - sh Configure -des -Dccflags=-Wformat ... - make miniperl # without -DCHECK_FORMAT - perl -i.orig -pwe 's/-Wformat/-DCHECK_FORMAT $&/' config.sh - sh Configure -S - make >& make.log # build from correct miniperl - make clean - make miniperl >& mini.log # build miniperl with -DCHECK_FORMAT - perl -nwe 'print if /^\S+:/ and not /^make\b/' mini.log make.log - make clean - -(-Wformat support by Robin Barker.) - -=back - -=head1 Running Purify - -Purify is a commercial tool that is helpful in identifying memory -overruns, wild pointers, memory leaks and other such badness. Perl -must be compiled in a specific way for optimal testing with Purify. - -Use the following commands to test perl with Purify: - - sh Configure -des -Doptimize=-g -Uusemymalloc -Dusemultiplicity \ - -Accflags=-DPURIFY - setenv PURIFYOPTIONS "-chain-length=25" - make all pureperl - cd t - ln -s ../pureperl perl - setenv PERL_DESTRUCT_LEVEL 5 - ./perl TEST - -Disabling Perl's malloc allows Purify to monitor allocations and leaks -more closely; using Perl's malloc will make Purify report most leaks -in the "potential" leaks category. Enabling the multiplicity option -allows perl to clean up thoroughly when the interpreter shuts down, which -reduces the number of bogus leak reports from Purify. The -DPURIFY -enables any Purify-specific debugging code in the sources. - -Purify outputs messages in "Viewer" windows by default. If you don't have -a windowing environment or if you simply want the Purify output to -unobtrusively go to a log file instead of to the interactive window, -use the following options instead: - - setenv PURIFYOPTIONS "-chain-length=25 -windows=no -log-file=perl.log \ - -append-logfile=yes" - -The only currently known leaks happen when there are compile-time errors -within eval or require. (Fixing these is non-trivial, unfortunately, but -they must be fixed eventually.) - -=head1 Common Gotcha's - -=over 4 - -=item #elif - -The '#elif' preprocessor directive is not understood on all systems. -Specifically, I know that Pyramids don't understand it. Thus instead of the -simple - - #if defined(I_FOO) - # include <foo.h> - #elif defined(I_BAR) - # include <bar.h> - #else - # include <fubar.h> - #endif - -You have to do the more Byzantine - - #if defined(I_FOO) - # include <foo.h> - #else - # if defined(I_BAR) - # include <bar.h> - # else - # include <fubar.h> - # endif - #endif - -Incidentally, whitespace between the leading '#' and the preprocessor -command is not guaranteed, but is very portable and you may use it freely. -I think it makes things a bit more readable, especially once things get -rather deeply nested. I also think that things should almost never get -too deeply nested, so it ought to be a moot point :-) - -=item Probably Prefer POSIX - -It's often the case that you'll need to choose whether to do -something the BSD-ish way or the POSIX-ish way. It's usually not -a big problem when the two systems use different names for similar -functions, such as memcmp() and bcmp(). The perl.h header file -handles these by appropriate #defines, selecting the POSIX mem*() -functions if available, but falling back on the b*() functions, if -need be. - -More serious is the case where some brilliant person decided to -use the same function name but give it a different meaning or -calling sequence :-). getpgrp() and setpgrp() come to mind. -These are a real problem on systems that aim for conformance to -one standard (e.g. POSIX), but still try to support the other way -of doing things (e.g. BSD). My general advice (still not really -implemented in the source) is to do something like the following. -Suppose there are two alternative versions, fooPOSIX() and -fooBSD(). - - #ifdef HAS_FOOPOSIX - /* use fooPOSIX(); */ - #else - # ifdef HAS_FOOBSD - /* try to emulate fooPOSIX() with fooBSD(); - perhaps with the following: */ - # define fooPOSIX fooBSD - # else - # /* Uh, oh. We have to supply our own. */ - # define fooPOSIX Perl_fooPOSIX - # endif - #endif - -=item Think positively - -If you need to add an #ifdef test, it is usually easier to follow if you -think positively, e.g. - - #ifdef HAS_NEATO_FEATURE - /* use neato feature */ - #else - /* use some fallback mechanism */ - #endif - -rather than the more impenetrable - - #ifndef MISSING_NEATO_FEATURE - /* Not missing it, so we must have it, so use it */ - #else - /* Are missing it, so fall back on something else. */ - #endif - -Of course for this toy example, there's not much difference. But when -the #ifdef's start spanning a couple of screen fulls, and the #else's -are marked something like - - #else /* !MISSING_NEATO_FEATURE */ - -I find it easy to get lost. - -=item Providing Missing Functions -- Problem - -Not all systems have all the neat functions you might want or need, so -you might decide to be helpful and provide an emulation. This is -sound in theory and very kind of you, but please be careful about what -you name the function. Let me use the C<pause()> function as an -illustration. - -Perl5.003 has the following in F<perl.h> - - #ifndef HAS_PAUSE - #define pause() sleep((32767<<16)+32767) - #endif - -Configure sets HAS_PAUSE if the system has the pause() function, so -this #define only kicks in if the pause() function is missing. -Nice idea, right? - -Unfortunately, some systems apparently have a prototype for pause() -in F<unistd.h>, but don't actually have the function in the library. -(Or maybe they do have it in a library we're not using.) - -Thus, the compiler sees something like - - extern int pause(void); - /* . . . */ - #define pause() sleep((32767<<16)+32767) - -and dies with an error message. (Some compilers don't mind this; -others apparently do.) - -To work around this, 5.003_03 and later have the following in perl.h: - - /* Some unistd.h's give a prototype for pause() even though - HAS_PAUSE ends up undefined. This causes the #define - below to be rejected by the compiler. Sigh. - */ - #ifdef HAS_PAUSE - # define Pause pause - #else - # define Pause() sleep((32767<<16)+32767) - #endif - -This works. - -The curious reader may wonder why I didn't do the following in -F<util.c> instead: - - #ifndef HAS_PAUSE - void pause() - { - sleep((32767<<16)+32767); - } - #endif - -That is, since the function is missing, just provide it. -Then things would probably be been alright, it would seem. - -Well, almost. It could be made to work. The problem arises from the -conflicting needs of dynamic loading and namespace protection. - -For dynamic loading to work on AIX (and VMS) we need to provide a list -of symbols to be exported. This is done by the script F<perl_exp.SH>, -which reads F<global.sym> and F<interp.sym>. Thus, the C<pause> -symbol would have to be added to F<global.sym> So far, so good. - -On the other hand, one of the goals of Perl5 is to make it easy to -either extend or embed perl and link it with other libraries. This -means we have to be careful to keep the visible namespace "clean". -That is, we don't want perl's global variables to conflict with -those in the other application library. Although this work is still -in progress, the way it is currently done is via the F<embed.h> file. -This file is built from the F<global.sym> and F<interp.sym> files, -since those files already list the globally visible symbols. If we -had added C<pause> to global.sym, then F<embed.h> would contain the -line - - #define pause Perl_pause - -and calls to C<pause> in the perl sources would now point to -C<Perl_pause>. Now, when B<ld> is run to build the F<perl> executable, -it will go looking for C<perl_pause>, which probably won't exist in any -of the standard libraries. Thus the build of perl will fail. - -Those systems where C<HAS_PAUSE> is not defined would be ok, however, -since they would get a C<Perl_pause> function in util.c. The rest of -the world would be in trouble. - -And yes, this scenario has happened. On SCO, the function C<chsize> -is available. (I think it's in F<-lx>, the Xenix compatibility -library.) Since the perl4 days (and possibly before), Perl has -included a C<chsize> function that gets called something akin to - - #ifndef HAS_CHSIZE - I32 chsize(fd, length) - /* . . . */ - #endif - -When 5.003 added - - #define chsize Perl_chsize - -to F<embed.h>, the compile started failing on SCO systems. - -The "fix" is to give the function a different name. The one -implemented in 5.003_05 isn't optimal, but here's what was done: - - #ifdef HAS_CHSIZE - # ifdef my_chsize /* Probably #defined to Perl_my_chsize in embed.h */ - # undef my_chsize - # endif - # define my_chsize chsize - #endif - -My explanatory comment in patch 5.003_05 said: - - Undef and then re-define my_chsize from Perl_my_chsize to - just plain chsize if this system HAS_CHSIZE. This probably only - applies to SCO. This shows the perils of having internal - functions with the same name as external library functions :-). - -Now, we can safely put C<my_chsize> in F<global.sym>, export it, and -hide it with F<embed.h>. - -To be consistent with what I did for C<pause>, I probably should have -called the new function C<Chsize>, rather than C<my_chsize>. -However, the perl sources are quite inconsistent on this (Consider -New, Mymalloc, and Myremalloc, to name just a few.) - -There is a problem with this fix, however, in that C<Perl_chsize> -was available as a F<libperl.a> library function in 5.003, but it -isn't available any more (as of 5.003_07). This means that we've -broken binary compatibility. This is not good. - -=item Providing missing functions -- some ideas - -We currently don't have a standard way of handling such missing -function names. Right now, I'm effectively thinking aloud about a -solution. Some day, I'll try to formally propose a solution. - -Part of the problem is that we want to have some functions listed as -exported but not have their names mangled by embed.h or possibly -conflict with names in standard system headers. We actually already -have such a list at the end of F<perl_exp.SH> (though that list is -out-of-date): - - # extra globals not included above. - cat <<END >> perl.exp - perl_init_ext - perl_init_fold - perl_init_i18nl14n - perl_alloc - perl_construct - perl_destruct - perl_free - perl_parse - perl_run - perl_get_sv - perl_get_av - perl_get_hv - perl_get_cv - perl_call_argv - perl_call_pv - perl_call_method - perl_call_sv - perl_requirepv - safecalloc - safemalloc - saferealloc - safefree - -This still needs much thought, but I'm inclined to think that one -possible solution is to prefix all such functions with C<perl_> in the -source and list them along with the other C<perl_*> functions in -F<perl_exp.SH>. - -Thus, for C<chsize>, we'd do something like the following: - - /* in perl.h */ - #ifdef HAS_CHSIZE - # define perl_chsize chsize - #endif - -then in some file (e.g. F<util.c> or F<doio.c>) do - - #ifndef HAS_CHSIZE - I32 perl_chsize(fd, length) - /* implement the function here . . . */ - #endif - -Alternatively, we could just always use C<chsize> everywhere and move -C<chsize> from F<global.sym> to the end of F<perl_exp.SH>. That would -probably be fine as long as our C<chsize> function agreed with all the -C<chsize> function prototypes in the various systems we'll be using. -As long as the prototypes in actual use don't vary that much, this is -probably a good alternative. (As a counter-example, note how Configure -and perl have to go through hoops to find and use get Malloc_t and -Free_t for C<malloc> and C<free>.) - -At the moment, this latter option is what I tend to prefer. - -=item All the world's a VAX - -Sorry, showing my age:-). Still, all the world is not BSD 4.[34], -SVR4, or POSIX. Be aware that SVR3-derived systems are still quite -common (do you have any idea how many systems run SCO?) If you don't -have a bunch of v7 manuals handy, the metaconfig units (by default -installed in F</usr/local/lib/dist/U>) are a good resource to look at -for portability. - -=back - -=head1 Miscellaneous Topics - -=head2 Autoconf - -Why does perl use a metaconfig-generated Configure script instead of an -autoconf-generated configure script? - -Metaconfig and autoconf are two tools with very similar purposes. -Metaconfig is actually the older of the two, and was originally written -by Larry Wall, while autoconf is probably now used in a wider variety of -packages. The autoconf info file discusses the history of autoconf and -how it came to be. The curious reader is referred there for further -information. - -Overall, both tools are quite good, I think, and the choice of which one -to use could be argued either way. In March, 1994, when I was just -starting to work on Configure support for Perl5, I considered both -autoconf and metaconfig, and eventually decided to use metaconfig for the -following reasons: - -=over 4 - -=item Compatibility with Perl4 - -Perl4 used metaconfig, so many of the #ifdef's were already set up for -metaconfig. Of course metaconfig had evolved some since Perl4's days, -but not so much that it posed any serious problems. - -=item Metaconfig worked for me - -My system at the time was Interactive 2.2, a SVR3.2/386 derivative that -also had some POSIX support. Metaconfig-generated Configure scripts -worked fine for me on that system. On the other hand, autoconf-generated -scripts usually didn't. (They did come quite close, though, in some -cases.) At the time, I actually fetched a large number of GNU packages -and checked. Not a single one configured and compiled correctly -out-of-the-box with the system's cc compiler. - -=item Configure can be interactive - -With both autoconf and metaconfig, if the script works, everything is -fine. However, one of my main problems with autoconf-generated scripts -was that if it guessed wrong about something, it could be B<very> hard to -go back and fix it. For example, autoconf always insisted on passing the --Xp flag to cc (to turn on POSIX behavior), even when that wasn't what I -wanted or needed for that package. There was no way short of editing the -configure script to turn this off. You couldn't just edit the resulting -Makefile at the end because the -Xp flag influenced a number of other -configure tests. - -Metaconfig's Configure scripts, on the other hand, can be interactive. -Thus if Configure is guessing things incorrectly, you can go back and fix -them. This isn't as important now as it was when we were actively -developing Configure support for new features such as dynamic loading, -but it's still useful occasionally. - -=item GPL - -At the time, autoconf-generated scripts were covered under the GNU Public -License, and hence weren't suitable for inclusion with Perl, which has a -different licensing policy. (Autoconf's licensing has since changed.) - -=item Modularity - -Metaconfig builds up Configure from a collection of discrete pieces -called "units". You can override the standard behavior by supplying your -own unit. With autoconf, you have to patch the standard files instead. -I find the metaconfig "unit" method easier to work with. Others -may find metaconfig's units clumsy to work with. - -=back - -=head2 Why isn't there a directory to override Perl's library? - -Mainly because no one's gotten around to making one. Note that -"making one" involves changing perl.c, Configure, config_h.SH (and -associated files, see above), and I<documenting> it all in the -INSTALL file. - -Apparently, most folks who want to override one of the standard library -files simply do it by overwriting the standard library files. - -=head2 APPLLIB - -In the perl.c sources, you'll find an undocumented APPLLIB_EXP -variable, sort of like PRIVLIB_EXP and ARCHLIB_EXP (which are -documented in config_h.SH). Here's what APPLLIB_EXP is for, from -a mail message from Larry: - - The main intent of APPLLIB_EXP is for folks who want to send out a - version of Perl embedded in their product. They would set the symbol - to be the name of the library containing the files needed to run or to - support their particular application. This works at the "override" - level to make sure they get their own versions of any library code that - they absolutely must have configuration control over. - - As such, I don't see any conflict with a sysadmin using it for a - override-ish sort of thing, when installing a generic Perl. It should - probably have been named something to do with overriding though. Since - it's undocumented we could still change it... :-) - -Given that it's already there, you can use it to override -distribution modules. If you do - - sh Configure -Dccflags='-DAPPLLIB_EXP=/my/override' - -then perl.c will put /my/override ahead of ARCHLIB and PRIVLIB. - -=head2 Shared libperl.so location - -Why isn't the shared libperl.so installed in /usr/lib/ along -with "all the other" shared libraries? Instead, it is installed -in $archlib, which is typically something like - - /usr/local/lib/perl5/archname/5.00404 - -and is architecture- and version-specific. - -The basic reason why a shared libperl.so gets put in $archlib is so that -you can have more than one version of perl on the system at the same time, -and have each refer to its own libperl.so. - -Three examples might help. All of these work now; none would work if you -put libperl.so in /usr/lib. - -=over - -=item 1. - -Suppose you want to have both threaded and non-threaded perl versions -around. Configure will name both perl libraries "libperl.so" (so that -you can link to them with -lperl). The perl binaries tell them apart -by having looking in the appropriate $archlib directories. - -=item 2. - -Suppose you have perl5.004_04 installed and you want to try to compile -it again, perhaps with different options or after applying a patch. -If you already have libperl.so installed in /usr/lib/, then it may be -either difficult or impossible to get ld.so to find the new libperl.so -that you're trying to build. If, instead, libperl.so is tucked away in -$archlib, then you can always just change $archlib in the current perl -you're trying to build so that ld.so won't find your old libperl.so. -(The INSTALL file suggests you do this when building a debugging perl.) - -=item 3. - -The shared perl library is not a "well-behaved" shared library with -proper major and minor version numbers, so you can't necessarily -have perl5.004_04 and perl5.004_05 installed simultaneously. Suppose -perl5.004_04 were to install /usr/lib/libperl.so.4.4, and perl5.004_05 -were to install /usr/lib/libperl.so.4.5. Now, when you try to run -perl5.004_04, ld.so might try to load libperl.so.4.5, since it has -the right "major version" number. If this works at all, it almost -certainly defeats the reason for keeping perl5.004_04 around. Worse, -with development subversions, you certaily can't guarantee that -libperl.so.4.4 and libperl.so.4.55 will be compatible. - -Anyway, all this leads to quite obscure failures that are sure to drive -casual users crazy. Even experienced users will get confused :-). Upon -reflection, I'd say leave libperl.so in $archlib. - -=back - -=head1 Upload Your Work to CPAN - -You can upload your work to CPAN if you have a CPAN id. Check out -http://www.perl.com/CPAN/modules/04pause.html for information on -_PAUSE_, the Perl Author's Upload Server. - -I typically upload both the patch file, e.g. F<perl5.004_08.pat.gz> -and the full tar file, e.g. F<perl5.004_08.tar.gz>. - -If you want your patch to appear in the F<src/5.0/unsupported> -directory on CPAN, send e-mail to the CPAN master librarian. (Check -out http://www.perl.com/CPAN/CPAN.html ). - -=head1 Help Save the World - -You should definitely announce your patch on the perl5-porters list. -You should also consider announcing your patch on -comp.lang.perl.announce, though you should make it quite clear that a -subversion is not a production release, and be prepared to deal with -people who will not read your disclaimer. - -=head1 Todo - -Here, in no particular order, are some Configure and build-related -items that merit consideration. This list isn't exhaustive, it's just -what I came up with off the top of my head. - -=head2 Good ideas waiting for round tuits - -=over 4 - -=item Configure -Dsrc=/blah/blah - -We should be able to emulate B<configure --srcdir>. Tom Tromey -tromey@creche.cygnus.com has submitted some patches to -the dist-users mailing list along these lines. They have been folded -back into the main distribution, but various parts of the perl -Configure/build/install process still assume src='.'. - -=item Hint file fixes - -Various hint files work around Configure problems. We ought to fix -Configure so that most of them aren't needed. - -=item Hint file information - -Some of the hint file information (particularly dynamic loading stuff) -ought to be fed back into the main metaconfig distribution. - -=back - -=head2 Probably good ideas waiting for round tuits - -=over 4 - -=item GNU configure --options - -I've received sensible suggestions for --exec_prefix and other -GNU configure --options. It's not always obvious exactly what is -intended, but this merits investigation. - -=item make clean - -Currently, B<make clean> isn't all that useful, though -B<make realclean> and B<make distclean> are. This needs a bit of -thought and documentation before it gets cleaned up. - -=item Try gcc if cc fails - -Currently, we just give up. - -=item bypassing safe*alloc wrappers - -On some systems, it may be safe to call the system malloc directly -without going through the util.c safe* layers. (Such systems would -accept free(0), for example.) This might be a time-saver for systems -that already have a good malloc. (Recent Linux libc's apparently have -a nice malloc that is well-tuned for the system.) - -=back - -=head2 Vague possibilities - -=over 4 - -=item MacPerl - -Get some of the Macintosh stuff folded back into the main distribution. - -=item gconvert replacement - -Maybe include a replacement function that doesn't lose data in rare -cases of coercion between string and numerical values. - -=item Improve makedepend - -The current makedepend process is clunky and annoyingly slow, but it -works for most folks. Alas, it assumes that there is a filename -$firstmakefile that the B<make> command will try to use before it uses -F<Makefile>. Such may not be the case for all B<make> commands, -particularly those on non-Unix systems. - -Probably some variant of the BSD F<.depend> file will be useful. -We ought to check how other packages do this, if they do it at all. -We could probably pre-generate the dependencies (with the exception of -malloc.o, which could probably be determined at F<Makefile.SH> -extraction time. - -=item GNU Makefile standard targets - -GNU software generally has standardized Makefile targets. Unless we -have good reason to do otherwise, I see no reason not to support them. - -=item File locking - -Somehow, straighten out, document, and implement lockf(), flock(), -and/or fcntl() file locking. It's a mess. See $d_fcntl_can_lock -in recent config.sh files though. - -=back - -=head1 AUTHORS - -Original author: Andy Dougherty doughera@lafcol.lafayette.edu . -Additions by Chip Salzenberg chip@perl.com and -Tim Bunce Tim.Bunce@ig.co.uk . - -All opinions expressed herein are those of the authorZ<>(s). - -=head1 LAST MODIFIED - -$Id: pumpkin.pod,v 1.23 2000/01/13 19:45:13 doughera Released $ diff --git a/contrib/perl5/Porting/repository.pod b/contrib/perl5/Porting/repository.pod deleted file mode 100644 index 5f1338d..0000000 --- a/contrib/perl5/Porting/repository.pod +++ /dev/null @@ -1,327 +0,0 @@ -=head1 NAME - -repository - Using the Perl repository - -This document describes what a Perl Porter needs to do -to start using the Perl repository. - -=head1 Prerequisites - -You'll need to get hold of the following software. - -=over 4 - -=item Perforce - -Download a perforce client from: - - http://www.perforce.com/perforce/loadprog.html - -You'll probably also want to look at: - - http://www.perforce.com/perforce/technical.html - -where you can look at or download its documentation. - -=item ssh - -If you don't already have access to an ssh client, then look at its -home site C<http://www.cs.hut.fi/ssh> which mentions ftp sites from -which it's available. You only need to build the client parts (ssh -and ssh-keygen should suffice). - -=back - -=head1 Creating an SSH Key Pair - -If you already use ssh and want to use the same key pair for perl -repository access then you can skip the rest of this section. -Otherwise, generate an ssh key pair for use with the repository -by typing the command - - ssh-keygen - -After generating a key pair and testing it, ssh-keygen will ask you -to enter a filename in which to save the key. The default it offers -will be the file F<~/.ssh/identity> which is suitable unless you -particularly want to keep separate ssh identities for some reason. -If so, you could save the perl repository private key in the file -F<~/.ssh/perl>, for example, but I will use the standard filename -in the remainder of the examples of this document. - -After typing in the filename, it will prompt you to type in a -passphrase. The private key will itself be encrypted so that it is -usable only when that passphrase is typed. (When using ssh, you will -be prompted when it requires a pass phrase to unlock a private key.) -If you provide a blank passphrase then no passphrase will be needed -to unlock the key and, as a consequence, anyone who gains access to -the key file gains access to accounts protected with that key -(barring additional configuration to restrict access by IP address). - -When you have typed the passphrase in twice, ssh-keygen will confirm -where it has saved the private key (in the filename you gave and -with permissions set to be only readable by you), what your public -key is (don't worry: you don't need to memorise it) and where it -has saved the corresponding public key. The public key is saved in -a filename corresponding to your private key's filename but with -".pub" appended, usually F<~/.ssh/identity.pub>. That public key -can be (but need not be) world readable. It is not used by your -own system at all. - -=head1 Notifying the Repository Keeper - -Mail the contents of that public key file to the keeper of the perl -repository (see L</Contact Information> below). -When the key is added to the repository host's configuration file, -you will be able to connect to it with ssh by using the corresponding -private key file (after unlocking it with your chosen passphrase). - -=head1 Connecting to the Repository - -Connections to the repository are made by using ssh to provide a -TCP "tunnel" rather than by using ssh to login to or invoke any -ordinary commands on the repository. When you want to start a -session using the repository, use the command - - ssh -l perlrep -f -q -x -L 1666:127.0.0.1:1666 sickle.activestate.com -foo - -If you are not using the default filename of F<~/.ssh/identity> -to hold your perl repository private key then you'll need to add -the option B<-i filename> to tell ssh where it is. Unless you chose -a blank passphrase for that private key, ssh will prompt you for the -passphrase to unlock that key. Then ssh will fork and put itself -in the background, returning you (silently) to your shell prompt. -The tunnel for repository access is now ready for use. - -For the sake of completeness (and for the case where the chosen -port of 1666 is already in use on your machine), I'll briefly -describe what all those ssh arguments are for. - -=over 4 - -=item B<-l perl> - -Use a remote username of perl. The account on the repository which -provides the end-point of the ssh tunnel is named "perl". - -=item B<-f> - -Tells ssh to fork and remain running in the background. Since ssh -is only being used for its tunnelling capabilities, the command -that ssh runs never does any I/O and can sit silently in the -background. - -=item B<-q> - -Tells ssh to be quiet. Without this option, ssh will output a -message each time you use a p4 command (since each p4 command -tunnels over the ssh connection to reach the repository). - -=item B<-x> - -Tells ssh not to bother to set up a tunnel for X11 connections. -The repository doesn't allow this anyway. - -=item B<-L 1666:127.0.0.1:1666> - -This is the important option. It tells ssh to listen out for -connections made to port 1666 on your local machine. When such -a connection is made, the ssh client tells the remote side -(the corresponding ssh daemon on the repository) to make a -connection to IP address 127.0.0.1, port 1666. Data flowing -along that connection is tunnelled over the ssh connection -(encrypted). The perforce daemon running on the repository -only accepts connections from localhost and that is exactly -where ssh-tunnelled connections appear to come from. - -If port 1666 is already in use on your machine then you can -choose any non-privileged port (a number between 1024 and 65535) -which happens to be free on your machine. It's the first of the -three colon separated values that you should change. Picking -port 2345 would mean changing the option to -B<-L 2345:127.0.0.1:1666>. Whatever port number you choose should -be used for the value of the P4PORT environment variable (q.v.). - -=item sickle.activestate.com - -This is the canonical IP name of the host on which the perl -repository runs. Its IP number is 199.60.48.20. - -=item foo - -This is a dummy place holder argument. Without an argument -here, ssh will try to perform an interactive login to the -repository which is not allowed. Ordinarily, this argument -is for the one-off command which is to be executed on the -remote host. However, the repository's ssh configuration -file uses the "command=" option to force a particular -command to run so the actual value of the argument is -ignored. The command that's actually run merely pauses and -waits for the ssh connection to drop, then exits. - -=back - -=head1 Problems - -You should normally get a prompt that asks for the passphrase -for your RSA key when you connect with the ssh command shown -above. If you see a prompt that looks like: - - perlrep@sickle.activestate.com's password: - -Then you either don't have a ~/.ssh/identity file corresponding -to your public key, or your ~/.ssh/identity file is not readable. -Fix the problem and try again. - -=head1 Using the Perforce Client - -Remember to read the documentation for Perforce. You need -to make sure that three environment variable are set -correctly before using the p4 client with the perl repository. - -=over 4 - -=item P4PORT - -Set this to localhost:1666 (the port for your ssh client to listen on) -unless that port is already in use on your host. If it is, see -the section above on the B<-L 1666:127.0.0.1:1666> option to ssh. - -=item P4CLIENT - -The value of this is the name by which Perforce knows your -host's workspace. You need to pick a name (for example, your -hostname unless that clashes with someone else's client name) -when you first start using the perl repository and then -stick with it. If you connect from multiple hosts (with -different workspaces) then maybe you could have multiple -clients. There is a licence limit on the number of perforce -clients which can be created. Although we have been told that -Perforce will raise our licence limits within reason, it's -probably best not to use additional clients unless needed. - -Note that perforce only needs the client name so that it can -find the directory under which your client files are stored. -If you have multiple hosts sharing the same directory structure -via NFS then only one client name is necessary. - -The C<p4 clients> command lists all currently known clients. - -=item P4USER - -This is the username by which perforce knows you. Use your -username if you have a well known or obvious one or else pick -a new one which other perl5-porters will recognise. There is -a licence limit on the number of these usernames. Perforce -doesn't enforce security between usernames. If you set P4USER -to be somebody else's username then perforce will believe you -completely with regard to access control, logging and so on. - -The C<p4 users> command lists all currently known users. - -=back - -Once these three environment variables are set, you can use the -perforce p4 client exactly as described in its documentation. -After setting these variables and connecting to the repository -for the first time, you should use the C<p4 user> and -C<p4 client> commands to tell perforce the details of your -new username and your new client workspace specifications. - -=head1 Ending a Repository Session - -When you have finished a session using the repository, you -should kill off the ssh client process to break the tunnel. -Since ssh forked itself into the background, you'll need to use -something like ps with the appropriate options to find the ssh -process and then kill it manually. The default signal of -SIGTERM is fine. - -=head1 Overview of the Repository - -Please read at least the introductory sections of the Perforce -User Guide (and perhaps the Quick Start Guide as well) before -reading this section. - -Every repository user typically "owns" a "branch" of the mainline -code in the repository. They hold the "pumpkin" for things in this -area, and are usually the only user who will modify files there. -This is not strictly enforced in order to allow the flexibility -of other users stealing the pumpkin for short periods with the -owner's permission. - -Here is the current structure of the repository: - - /----+-----perl - Mainline development (bleadperl) - +-----cfgperl - Configure Pumpkin's Perl - +-----vmsperl - VMS Pumpkin's Perl - +-----maint-5.004------perl - Maintainance branches - +-----maint-5.005------perl - +-----maint-5.6------perl - -Perforce uses a branching model that simply tracks relationships -between files. It does not care about directories at all, so -any file can be a branch of any other file--the fully qualified -depot path name (of the form //depot/foo/bar.c) uniquely determines -a file for the purpose of establishing branching relationships. -Since a branch usually involves hundreds of files, such relationships -are typically specified en masse using a branch map (try `p4 help branch`). -`p4 branches` lists the existing branches that have been set up. -`p4 branch -o branchname` can be used to view the map for a particular -branch, if you want to determine the ancestor for a particular set of -files. - -The mainline (aka "trunk") code in the Perl repository is under -"//depot/perl/...". Most branches typically map its entire -contents under a directory that goes by the same name as the branch -name. Thus the contents of the cfgperl branch are to be found -in //depot/cfgperl. - -Run `p4 client` to specify how the repository contents should map to -your local disk. Most users will typically have a client map that -includes at least their entire branch and the contents of the mainline. - -Run `p4 changes -l -m10` to check on the activity in the repository. -//depot/perl/Porting/genlog is useful to get an annotated changelog -that shows files and branches. You can use this listing to determine -if there are any changes in the mainline that you need to merge into -your own branch. A typical merging session looks like this: - - % cd ~/p4view/cfgperl - % p4 integrate -b cfgperl # to bring parent changes into cfgperl - % p4 resolve -a ./... # auto merge the changes - % p4 resolve ./... # manual merge conflicting changes - % p4 submit ./... # check in - -If the owner of the mainline wants to bring the changes in cfgperl -back into the mainline, they do: - - % p4 integrate -r -b cfgperl - ... - -Generating a patch for change#42 is done as follows: - - % p4 describe -du 42 | p4desc | p4d2p > change-42.patch - -p4desc and p4d2p are to be found in //depot/perl/Porting/. - -=head1 Contact Information - -The mail alias <perl-repository-keepers@perl.org> can be used to reach -all current users of the repository. - -The repository keeper is currently Gurusamy Sarathy -<gsar@activestate.com>. - -=head1 AUTHORS - -Malcolm Beattie, mbeattie@sable.ox.ac.uk, 24 June 1997. - -Gurusamy Sarathy, gsar@activestate.com, 8 May 1999. - -Slightly updated by Simon Cozens, simon@brecon.co.uk, 3 July 2000 - -=cut - - |
